Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at...

203
Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009

Transcript of Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at...

Page 1: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

Copyright

By

Regan Andrew Jones

2009

Page 2: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

The Dissertation Committee for Regan Andrew Jones Certifies that this is the

approved version of the following dissertation:

The Asymmetric Total Synthesis of (+)-Geniposide via Phosphine-

Catalyzed [3+2] Cycloaddition

Committee:

Michael J. Krische, Supervisor

Stephen F. Martin

Philip D. Magnus

Hung-wen Liu

Sean Kerwin

Page 3: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

The Asymmetric Total Synthesis of (+)-Geniposide via Phosphine-

Catalyzed [3+2] Cycloaddition

by

Regan Andrew Jones, B. A.

Dissertation

Presented to the Faculty of the Graduate School of

The University of Texas at Austin

in Partial Fulfillment

of the Requirements

for the Degree of

Doctor of Philosophy

The University of Texas at Austin

May, 2009

Page 4: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

Dedication

To my wife Laura for all her continual love and support.

Page 5: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

v

Acknowledgements I want to first thank the God and Father of my Lord Jesus Christ, who brought me

here to Austin for graduate school, loved me, saved me, and has carried me throughout

this program. I also want to thank Him for all the wonderful people he has brought into

my life.

I want to thank my wife, parents, and mother in law for their constant love and

encouragement, as well as their emotional and financial support. I also want to thank

TiAnna and Charles for buying me a new copy of Microsoft Word. I am also grateful to

Ronnie Smith, Peter Webber, Soo-Bong Han, and Ming-Yu Ngai for all their help and

friendship.

I want to thank my research advisor Dr. Michael Krische for allowing me to be in

his group and for financially supporting me to do this research. I also want to thank him

for his kind encouragement and guidance.

Finally I would like to express my gratitude to Vanessa Williams and Soo-Bong

Han for proofreading my dissertation and to Eduardas Skucas for allowing me to run

some final experiments in his lab.

Page 6: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

vi

The Asymmetric Total Synthesis of (+)-Geniposide via Phosphine-

Catalyzed [3+2] Cycloaddition

Publication No._____________

Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D.

The University of Texas at Austin, 2009

Supervisor: Michael J. Krische

The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid natural products that possess a

wide range of biological activities. A great deal of research has already been done in the

field of iridoid total synthesis, but limitations still remain. Specifically, few syntheses of

iridoid -glycosides have been reported. This work describes the 14 step asymmetric

total synthesis of the iridoid -glycoside (+)-geniposide utilizing a phosphine-catalyzed

[3+2] cycloaddition as the key step. Other noteworthy steps in the synthesis include a

palladium-catalyzed kinetic resolution and a previously unutilized method for iridoid

glycosidation. In addition to describing the synthesis of (+)-geniposide, this dissertation

will also review 1) phosphine-catalyzed cycloaddition reactions and 2) previous

enantioselective total syntheses of iridoid glycosides.

Page 7: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

vii

Table of Contents

Chapter 1 Review of Phosphine-Catalyzed Cycloadditions.........................................1

1.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................1

1.2 [3+2] Cycloaddition of Allenes and Alkynoates with Electron Deficient

Alkenes ..................................................................................................................1

1.2.1 Initial Report of Phosphine-Catalyzed [3+2] Cycloadditions of Allenes

with Electron Deficient Alkenes.....................................................................1

1.2.2 Mechanism of Phosphine-Catalyzed [3+2] Cycloaddition......................2

1.2.3 Regioselectivity of Phosphine-Catalyzed [3+2] Cycloaddition...............4

1.2.4 [3+2] Cycloaddition of Allenoates with Diethyl Maleate and Diethyl

Fumurate........................................................................................................5

1.2.5 Electron Deficient Alkynes as 1,3-Dipole Precursors in [3+2]

Cycloaddition.................................................................................................6

1.2.6 Substituted Allenoates and Alkynoates in [3+2] Cycloaddition..............8

1.2.7 [3+2] Cycloaddition Reactions with C60 Fullerene ............................... 10

1.2.8 [3+2] Cycloaddition for Spirocycle Formation -L-Glutamate Analogues

.................................................................................................................... 11

1.2.9 [3+2] Cycloaddition for Spirocycle Formation -Synthesis of (-)-Hinesol

.................................................................................................................... 12

1.2.10 [3+2] Cycloaddition of 1,1-Dicyanoalkenes....................................... 14

1.2.11 [3+2] Cycloaddition of Furanones ..................................................... 15

1.2.12 [3+2] Cycloaddition of 3-Substituted-Chromones and Quinoline-1,3-

Dicarboxylate............................................................................................... 16

1.2.13 [3+2] Cycloaddition Reactions Using Activated Allylic Bromides,

Acetates, and Carbonates ............................................................................. 17

Page 8: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

viii

1.2.14 Chiral Auxilaries in [3+2] Cycloaddition ........................................... 20

1.2.15 Enantioselective Phosphine-Catalyzed [3+2] Cycloadditions ............. 21

1.2.16 Intramolecular Phosphine-Catalyzed [3+2] Cycloadditions................ 26

1.3 Phosphine-Catalyzed [3+2] Cycloaddition of Imines with Allenoates and

Alkynoates ........................................................................................................... 33

1.3.1 [3+2] Cycloaddition of N-Tosyl Imines and Allenoates ....................... 33

1.3.2 Mechanism of [3+2] Cycloaddition between N-Tosyl Imines and

Allenoates.................................................................................................... 34

1.3.3 Regioselectivity of [3+2] Cycloaddition between N-Tosyl Imines and

Allenoates.................................................................................................... 35

1.3.4 [3+2] Cycloaddition Between N-Tosyl Imines and Alkynoates ............ 36

1.3.5 [3+2] Cycloaddition Between Imines and Substituted Allenoates ........ 37

1.3.6 [3+2] Cycloaddition of Imines and Alkynyl Ketones ........................... 40

1.3.7 [3+2] Cycloaddition of Allenes and N-(thio)-phosphoryl Protected

Imines .......................................................................................................... 41

1.3.8 Enantioselective [3+2] Cycloaddition of Imines .................................. 42

1.4 [3+2] Cycloaddition for Pyrrole Synthesis ...................................................... 43

1.5 Phosphine-Catalyzed [4+2] Cycloadditions of Allenes.................................... 45

1.5.1 Initial Phosphine-Catalyzed [4+2] Cycloaddition................................. 45

1.5.2 Mechanism of Phosphine-Catalyzed [4+2] Cycloaddition.................... 45

1.5.3 Scope of Phosphine-Catalyzed [4+2] Cycloaddition ............................ 46

1.5.4 Enantioselective Phosphine-Catalyzed [4+2] Cycloaddition ................ 48

1.5.5 Phosphine-Catalyzed [4+2] Cycloaddition with 1,1-dicyanoalkenes .... 49

1.5.6 Phosphine-Catalyzed [4+2] Cycloaddition of Allenyl Ketones............. 51

1.6 Phosphine-Catalyzed [4+3] Cycloaddition ...................................................... 52

Page 9: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

ix

1.7 Phosphine-Catalyzed [6+3] Cycloaddition ...................................................... 52

1.8 Phosphine-Catalyzed [8+2] Cycloaddition ...................................................... 53

1.9 Miscellaneous Cycloadditions......................................................................... 54

1.9.1 Phosphine-catalyzed Synthesis of 1,3-Dioxin-4-ylidenes ..................... 54

1.9.2 Phosphine-catalyzed [4+2] Cycloaddition of 3-Formylchromones ....... 56

1.9.3 Phosphine-Catalyzed Cycloaddition of Trienoates............................... 57

1.10 Conclusion.................................................................................................... 58

1.11 References .................................................................................................... 59

Chapter 2 Review of Enantioselective Total Syntheses of Iridoid Glycosides........... 63

2.1 Introduction .................................................................................................... 63

2.2 General Discussion of Iridoid Glycoside Formation ........................................ 64

2.2.1 Koenigs-Knorr Type Glycosidation of Iridoids .................................... 64

2.2.2 2nd Strategy for Iridoid Glycoside Synthesis ........................................ 67

2.3 Review of Enantioselective Iridoid Glycoside Syntheses................................. 70

2.3.1 Introduction......................................................................................... 70

2.3.2 Enantioselective Total Synthesis of (-)-Loganin .................................. 71

2.3.3 Enantioselective Total Synthesis of (+)-Semperoside A....................... 73

2.3.4 Enantioselective Total Synthesis of (-)-Brasoside and (-)-Littoralisone 74

2.4 Conclusions .................................................................................................... 77

2.5 References ...................................................................................................... 77

Chapter 3 Intramolecular Approach to (+)-Geniposide ............................................ 80

3.1 Intramolecular Cycloaddition Retrosynthetic Analysis .................................... 80

3.2 Coumalate Intramolecular Cycloaddition Substrate......................................... 81

Page 10: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

x

3.2.1 Coumalate Intramolecular Cycloaddition Synthesis ............................. 82

3.2.2 Attempted Coumalate Intramolecular Cycloaddition............................ 82

3.3 Pyranone Intramolecular Cycloaddition Substrate ........................................... 84

3.3.1 Design of 1st Generation Pyranone Intramolecular Cycloaddition

Substrate ...................................................................................................... 84

3.3.2 Synthesis of 1st Generation Pyranone Intramolecular Cycloaddition

Substrate ...................................................................................................... 84

3.3.3 1st Generation Pyranone Intramolecular Cycloaddition ........................ 85

3.3.4 Design of 2nd Generation Pyranone Intramolecular Cycloaddition

Substrate ...................................................................................................... 86

3.3.5 Synthesis of 2nd Generation Pyranone Intramolecular Cycloaddition

Substrate ...................................................................................................... 86

3.3.6 Cycloaddition of 2nd Generation Pyranone Intramolecular Substrate.... 87

3.3.7 Stereochemical Determination of Cycloaddition Product ..................... 88

3.3.8 Transition State Model for Intramolecular [3+2] Cycloaddition........... 89

3.4 Elaboration Of Cycloaddition Product to (+)-Geniposide ................................ 90

3.4.1 Retrosynthetic Analysis for Intramolecular [3+2] Cycloadduct ............ 90

3.4.1 Acetal Opening ................................................................................... 91

3.4.2 Alkene Isomerization to Direct Regiochemistry in Acetal Opening...... 92

3.4.2 Alkene Isomerization via Diol Elimination.......................................... 93

3.4.3 Alkene Isomerization via Base Mediated Epoxide Opening ................. 94

3.4.4 Proposal of New Synthetic Route to (+)-Geniposide............................ 95

3.5 Experimental Procedures ................................................................................ 96

3.6 1H and 13C NMR Spectra .............................................................................. 112

3.7 References .................................................................................................... 122

Page 11: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

xi

Chapter 4 Intermolecular Approach to (+)-Geniposide .......................................... 124

4.1 Intermolecular Cycloaddition Retrosynthetic Analysis .................................. 124

4.2 Intermolecular [3+2] Cycloaddition Reaction................................................ 125

4.2.1 Intermolecular [3+2] Cycloaddition with Butynoate .......................... 125

4.2.2 Intermolecular [3+2] Cycloaddition with Allenoate ........................... 125

4.2.3 Stereochemical Determination of [3+2] Cycloadduct......................... 127

4.2.4 Regiochemical Analysis of Intermolecular [3+2] Cycloaddition ........ 128

4.2.5 Diastereoselectivity of Intermolecular [3+2] Cycloaddition ............... 130

4.3 Palladium-Catalyzed Kinetic Resolution ....................................................... 130

4.3.1 General Scheme for Enantioselective Synthesis ................................. 130

4.3.2 Mechanistic Outline of Palladium-Catalyzed Kinetic Resolution ....... 130

4.3.3 Precedent for Palladium-Catalyzed Kinetic Resolution ...................... 131

4.3.4 Palladium-Catalyzed Kinetic Resolution Optimization ...................... 132

4.3.5 Determination of Absolute Stereochemistry....................................... 133

4.3.6 Transition State Model for Kinetic Resolution................................... 134

4.4 Retrosynthetic Analysis of (+)-Geniposide from Cycloadduct ....................... 136

4.5 One Carbon Homologation of [3+2] Cycloadduct ......................................... 137

4.6 Reduction of Ethyl Ester ............................................................................... 138

4.6.1: Selectivity of Ester Reduction .......................................................... 138

4.6.2: Optimization of DIBAL-H Reduction............................................... 139

4.7 Esterification of the Nitrile............................................................................ 140

4.7.1 Discussion of Classical Esterification Methods.................................. 140

4.7.2 Platinum-Catalyzed Nitrile Hydration................................................ 141

4.7.3 Esterification of Amide ..................................................................... 141

Page 12: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

xii

4.8 Introduction of the β-Glycoside..................................................................... 143

4.8.1 Discussion of Iridoid Glycoside Formation........................................ 143

4.8.2 Glycosidation using trichloracetimidate............................................. 143

4.8.3 Formation of glycosidation substrate ................................................. 144

4.8.4 Organotin-Catalyzed Deprotection .................................................... 145

4.8.5 Successful Glycosidation of Lactol.................................................... 146

4.9 Global Deprotection...................................................................................... 146

4.10 Conclusion.................................................................................................. 147

4.11 Experimental Procedures............................................................................. 149

4.12 1H and 13C NMR Spectra and HPLC Traces................................................ 165

4.13 References .................................................................................................. 180

Vita............................................................................................................................. 182

Page 13: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

xiii

List of Tables

Table 1.1: First Intermolecular phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition........................2

Table 1.2: Butynoates as 1,3-dipole precursor in phosphine-catalyzed [3+2]

cycloaddition...................................................................................................................7

Table 1.3: Lu�s synthesis of spirocyclic compounds .....................................................13

Table 1.4: One pot [3+2] cycloaddition/aldehyde malonitrile condensation ..................15

Table 1.5: Scope of [3+2] Cycloaddition reactions with allylic bromides, acetates, and

carbonates .....................................................................................................................19

Table 1.6: [3+2] Cycloaddition of 1,1-dicyanoalkenes with activated allylic tert-butyl

carbonates .....................................................................................................................20

Table 1.7: [3+2] cycloaddition using chiral auxiliaries..................................................21

Table 1.8: First Enantioselective [3+2] Cycloaddition ..................................................22

Table 1.9: Enantioselective [3+2] cycloaddition with β-substituted enones ...................23

Table 1.10: Enantioselective [3+2] cycloaddition with phosphine-containing α-amino

acids..............................................................................................................................24

Table 1.11: Enantioselective [3+2] cycloadditions with allenyl ketones ........................26

Table 1.12: First intramolecular [3+2] cycloaddition ....................................................28

Table 1.13: [3+2] cycloaddition for synthesis of coumarins ..........................................30

Table 1.14: Intramolecular [3+2] cycloaddition of aromatic allylic bromides................32

Table 1.15: Intramolecular [3+2] cycloaddition of aliphatic allylic bromides ................33

Table 1.16: Initial studies of [3+2] cycloadditions with N-tosyl imines .........................34

Table 1.17: [3+2] Cycloaddition of Tosyl Imines with butynoates ................................37

Page 14: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

xiv

Table 1.18: [3+2] cycloaddition of substituted allenoates with N-tosyl imines ..............38

Table 1.19: [3+2] cycloaddition of substituted allenoates with various imines ..............39

Table 1.20: PPh2Me-Catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition of substituted allenoates with various

imines ...........................................................................................................................39

Table 1.21: [3+2] cycloaddition of alkynyl ketones with N-tosyl imines .......................40

Table 1.22: [3+2] cycloaddition of various alkynyl ketones with N-tosyl imines...........41

Table 1.23: Enantioselective [3+2] cycloaddition of DPP imines ..................................43

Table 1.24: Scope of pyrrole formation.........................................................................45

Table 1.25: Scope of imine in [4+2] cycloaddition........................................................47

Table 1.26: Benzyl substituted allenes in [4+2] cycloaddition.......................................47

Table 1.27: Enantioselective phosphine-catalyzed [4+2] cycloaddition.........................48

Table 1.28: Phosphine-catalyzed [4+2] cycloaddition for cyclohexene synthesis ..........49

Table 1.29: Substitution affects in [4+2] cycloaddition for cyclohexene synthesis ........50

Table 1.30: Phosphine-catalyzed synthesis of 1,3-dioxan-4-ylidenes ............................55

Table 3.1: Coumalate intramolecular cycloaddition reaction.........................................83

Table 3.2: 1st generation pyranone intramolecular cycloaddition...................................86

Table 3.3: 1st generation pyranone intramolecular cycloaddition...................................88

Table 4.1: Intermolecular [3+2] cycloaddition with butynoate ....................................125

Table 4.2: Kinetic resolution of allylic pivalate...........................................................133

Table 4.3: Reduction of ethyl ester .............................................................................140

Page 15: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

xv

List of Figures

Figure 1.1: Regiochemical analysis of intermolecular [3+2] cycloaddition......................5

Figure 1.2: Regioselectivity in [3+2] cycloadditions with N-tosyl imines......................36

Figure 2.1: Iridoid natural products...............................................................................63

Figure 3.1: Single crystal X-ray diffraction analysis of cycloadduct 3.20......................88

Figure 3.2: Transition state model for intramolecular [3+2] cycloaddition ....................90

Figure 4.1: Single crystal X-ray diffraction analysis of [3+2] cycloadduct ..................127

Figure 4.2: Orbital analysis of 1,3-dipole....................................................................129

Figure 4.3: Orbital analysis of allylic pivalate dipolarophile .......................................129

Figure 4.4: Diastereochemical model for intermolecular [3+2] cycloaddition .............130

Figure 4.5: Determination of absolute stereochemistry ...............................................134

Figure 4.6: Model for predicting stereochemistry in asymmetric allylic alkylation......135

Figure 4.7: Transition state for kinetic resolution........................................................136

Page 16: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

xvi

List of Schemes

Scheme 1.1: Failed [3+2] cycloaddition with unactivated alkenes...................................2

Scheme 1.2: Proposed mechanism for [3+2] cycloaddition reaction................................3

Scheme 1.3: Stepwise [3+2] Cycloaddition.....................................................................4

Scheme 1.4: Water-catalyzed intermolecular 1,2-proton transfer .....................................4

Scheme 1.5: [3+2] cycloaddition with dimethyl maleate and dimethyl fumurate .............6

Scheme 1.6: Mechanism of 1,3-dipole formation from electron deficient alkynes ...........6

Scheme 1.7: Tributylphosphine-catalyzed cycloaddition with diethyl maleate and

fumurate..........................................................................................................................8

Scheme 1.8: [3+2] cycloaddition of substituted allenoates with electron deficient alkenes

........................................................................................................................................9

Scheme 1.9: [3+2] Cycloaddition of functionalized allenoate with fumurate...................9

Scheme 1.10: [3+2] Cycloaddition of substituted alkynoates with diethyl fumurate ......10

Scheme 1.11: [3+2] Cycloaddition of functionalized alkynoates ...................................10

Scheme 1.12: [3+2] cycloaddition of [60] fullerene ......................................................11

Scheme 1.13: Synthesis of podophyllotoxin derivative .................................................11

Scheme 1.14: Synthesis of conformationally restricted L-glutamate analogues .............12

Scheme 1.15: [3+2] cycloaddition of dehydroaminoacids .............................................12

Scheme 1.16: Total synthesis of (-)-hinesol ..................................................................14

Scheme 1.17: [3+2] Cycloaddition of 1,1-dicyanoalkenes.............................................14

Scheme 1.18: Phosphine-catalyzed condensation of benzaldehyde with malonitrile ......14

Scheme 1.19: [3+2] Cycloaddition with furanones........................................................16

Page 17: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

xvii

Scheme 1.20: [3+2] Cycloaddition with sulfinylfuranone .............................................16

Scheme 1.21: [3+2] cycloaddition of 3-substituted chromones......................................17

Scheme 1.22: [3+2] cycloaddition of quinoline-1,3-dicarboxylate ................................17

Scheme 1.23: [3+2] Cycloaddition reaction with allylic bromides.................................17

Scheme 1.24: Proposed Mechanism of [3+2] cycloaddition with allylic bromides ........18

Scheme 1.25: Scope of dipolarophile in [3+2] cycloaddition of allylic bromides ..........19

Scheme 1.26: Dynamic kinetic asymmetric transformation...........................................25

Scheme 1.27: Total synthesis of (±)-hirsutene ...............................................................29

Scheme 1.28: Investigation of activating group in coumarin synthesis ..........................31

Scheme 1.29: Mechanism of [3+2] cycloadditions with N-tosyl imines ........................35

Scheme 1.30: Synthesis of pentabromopseudilin via [3+2] cycloaddition .....................37

Scheme 1.31: [3+2] Cycloaddition with N-(thio)-phosphoryl Protected Imine ..............42

Scheme 1.32: Pyrrole Synthesis via [3+2] cycloaddition...............................................43

Scheme 1.33: Mechanism of pyrrole formation.............................................................44

Scheme 1.34: Representative phosphine-catalyzed [4+2] cycloaddition........................45

Scheme 1.35: Mechanism of [4+2] cycloaddition .........................................................46

Scheme 1.36: Formal synthesis of (±)-alstonerine and (±)-macroline ............................48

Scheme 1.37: Mechanistic explanation of [4+2] phosphine effects ...............................50

Scheme 1.38: Cycloaddition of allenyl ketones.............................................................51

Scheme 1.39: Mechanism of [4+2] cycloaddition/dimerization of ketones ....................52

Scheme 1.40: Phosphine-catalyzed [4+3] cycloadditions ..............................................52

Scheme 1.41: Phosphine-catalyzed [6+3] cycloaddition................................................53

Page 18: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

xviii

Scheme 1.42: Phosphine-Catalyze [8+2] cycloaddition.................................................53

Scheme 1.43: Mechanism of phosphine-catalyzed [8+2] cycloaddition.........................54

Scheme 1.44: Mechanism of 1,3-dioxan-4-ylidenes formation......................................55

Scheme 1.45: Phosphine-catalyzed [4+2] cycloadditions with acetylene carboxylates ..56

Scheme 1.46: Mechanism of phosphine-catalyzed [4+2] cycloadditions with acetylene

carboxylates ..................................................................................................................57

Scheme 1.47: Phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition with trienoates........................58

Scheme 2.1: Koenigs-Knorr strategy for glycosidation .................................................65

Scheme 2.2: Glycosidation with α-acetobromoglucose .................................................65

Scheme 2.3: Glycosidation with 1,2-anhydro-α-D-glucose triacetate ............................66

Scheme 2.4: Problems with 1st glycosidation strategy...................................................66

Scheme 2.5: Formation of iridoid dimers ......................................................................67

Scheme 2.6: 2nd general glycosdiation strategy .............................................................68

Scheme 2.7: Glycosidation of loganin...........................................................................68

Scheme 2.8: Formation of iridoid dimers ......................................................................69

Scheme 2.9: Tietze glycosidation method .....................................................................69

Scheme 2.10: Mechanism of Glycosidation ..................................................................70

Scheme 2.11: Total synthesis of (-)-loganin..................................................................71

Scheme 2.12: Asymmetric hydroboration-oxidation .....................................................71

Scheme 2.13: Photoannulation of acetate......................................................................72

Scheme 2.14: Glycosidation in total synthesis of loganin..............................................73

Scheme 2.15: Synthesis of (+)-semperoside A ..............................................................73

Page 19: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

xix

Scheme 2.16: Glycosidation reaction in (+)-semperoside A synthesis ...........................74

Scheme 2.17: Mercury-mediated cyclization in (+)-semperoside A synthesis ...............74

Scheme 2.18: Synthesis of (-)-Brasoside and (-)-littoralisone........................................75

Scheme 2.19: Proline-catalyzed Michael addition.........................................................76

Scheme 2.20: Final stages of (-)-brasoside Synthesis ....................................................76

Scheme 2.21: Final stages of (-)-littoralisone Synthesis ................................................77

Scheme 3.1: First generation retrosynthetic analysis of (+)-geniposide .........................81

Scheme 3.2: Coumalate intramolecular cycloaddition substrate ....................................81

Scheme 3.3: Synthesis of coumalate cycloaddition substrate alcohol ............................82

Scheme 3.4: Synthesis of coumalate cycloaddition substrate.........................................82

Scheme 3.5: Design of 1st generation pyranone intramolecular cycloaddition substrate.84

Scheme 3.6: Synthesis of 1st generation pyranone intramolecular cycloaddition substrate

......................................................................................................................................85

Scheme 3.7: Design of 2nd generation pyranone intramolecular cycloaddition substrate 86

Scheme 3.8: Synthesis of 2nd generation pyranone intramolecular cycloaddition alcohol

......................................................................................................................................87

Scheme 3.9: Synthesis of 2nd generation pyranone intramolecular cycloaddition substrate

......................................................................................................................................87

Scheme 3.10: Retrosynthetic analysis for intramolecular [3+2] cycloaddition product ..91

Scheme 3.11: Acetal opening to incorrect regioisomer..................................................92

Scheme 3.12: Alkene isomerization to prepare for acetal opening.................................93

Scheme 3.13: Alkene isomerization via dihydroxylation/elimination sequence .............94

Page 20: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

xx

Scheme 3.14: Alkene isomerization via base-mediated epoxide elimination .................94

Scheme 3.15: Alkene isomerization via halohydrin.......................................................95

Scheme 4.1: Second generation retrosynthetic analysis of (+)-geniposide ...................125

Scheme 4.2: Intermolecular [3+2] cycloaddition with allenoate ..................................127

Scheme 4.3: Regioselectivity of intermolecular [3+2] cycloaddition...........................128

Scheme 4.4: Regiochemical transition state of intermolecular [3+2] cycloaddition .....129

Scheme 4.5: Enantioselective total synthesis of (+)-geniposide...................................130

Scheme 4.6: Mechanism of catalyzed kinetic resolution .............................................131

Scheme 4.7: Related palladium-catalyzed kinetic resolution .......................................132

Scheme 4.8: Related palladium-catalyzed reaction with alcohols ................................132

Scheme 4.9: Derivative of pivalate .............................................................................134

Scheme 4.10: Retrosynthetic analysis of (+)-geniposide to [3+2] cycloadduct ............137

Scheme 4.11: Formation of α,β-unsaturated nitrile......................................................137

Scheme 4.12: Attempted conversion of ketone to unsaturated ester.............................138

Scheme 4.13: Selectivity issues in reduction of α,β-unsaturated ester..........................139

Scheme 4.14: Esterification of nitrile ..........................................................................141

Scheme 4.15: Hydration of nitrile ...............................................................................141

Scheme 4.16: Conversion of amide to carboxylic acid ................................................142

Scheme 4.17: Allylic acetate protection ......................................................................143

Scheme 4.18: Iridoid glycoside formation...................................................................143

Scheme 4.19: Proposed glycosidatin of lactol .............................................................144

Scheme 4.20: Synthesis of lactol ................................................................................144

Page 21: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

xxi

Scheme 4.21: Intramolecular tranesterification ...........................................................145

Scheme 4.22: Glycosidation of lactol..........................................................................146

Scheme 4.23: Attempted global deprotection..............................................................147

Scheme 4.24: Final hydrolysis and esterification ........................................................147

Page 22: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

1

Chapter 1 Review of Phosphine-Catalyzed Cycloadditions 1.1 Introduction

Cycloaddition reactions are inherently powerful. They form multiple bonds in a

single manipulation, and allow for efficient entry into cyclic frameworks. Cycloadditions

become even more powerful when they can be conducted in a stereocontrolled fashion.

In light of the utility of cycloadditions, it is not surprising that as the field of

organocatalysis has advanced in recent years, a variety of new organocatalyzed

cycloadditions have been developed.1 One subset of these organocatalyzed

cycloadditions, are nucleophilic phosphine-catalyzed cycloadditions.2 The purpose of

this chapter is to give a general review of these phosphine-catalyzed cycloadditions.

1.2 [3+2] Cycloaddition of Allenes and Alkynoates with Electron Deficient Alkenes 1.2.1 Initial Report of Phosphine-Catalyzed [3+2] Cycloadditions of Allenes with

Electron Deficient Alkenes

The first phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition of electron deficient alkenes

with allenes was reported by Lu in 1995.3 Lu found that a [3+2] cycloaddition occurred

between latent 1,3-dipole ethyl-2,3-butadienoate (1.1) and dipolarophile ethyl-acrylate

(1.2) upon treatment with a catalytic amount of triphenylphosphine (Table 1.1, entry 1).

Two regioisomeric [3+2] cyclodoadducts 1.3 and 1.4 were formed in a combined 76%

yield and in a 75:25 regioisomeric ratio respectively. The reaction could also be

catalyzed by tributylphosphine to give products 1.3 and 1.4 in similar yield and

regioselectivity (entry 2). Furthermore, the [3+2] cycloaddition proceeded with several

Page 23: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

2

other electron deficient alkenes to give cycloadduct products in good yields with modest

regioselectivities (entries 3-6).

EtO2C

PR3 (10 mol%)Benzene

25 °C

EWG

EtO2CEtO2C

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4

EWG

EWG

Entry EWG (1.2) PR3 Ratio (1.3:1.4) % Yield 1 CO2Et PPh3 75:25 76 2 CO2Et PBu3 75:25 66 3 CO2Me PPh3 80:20 81 4 CO2Me PBu3 85:15 66 5 COMe PPh3 63:37 55 6 CN PPh3 83:17 79

Table 1.1: First Intermolecular phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition

Unfortunately, when the [3+2] cycloaddition was attempted with inactivated

olefins, such as 1-hexene 1.5, none of the desired [3+2] cycloaddition product was

observed (Scheme 1.1). However, the dimerization product of ethyl-2,3-butadienoate

(1.1), product 1.6, was isolated in 20% yield.

EtO2C

PPh3 (10 mol%)Benzene

25 °CEtO2C

1.1 1.5 1.6

CO2Et

Scheme 1.1: Failed [3+2] cycloaddition with unactivated alkenes 1.2.2 Mechanism of Phosphine-Catalyzed [3+2] Cycloaddition

Lu proposed a general mechanism for the [3+2] cycloadition (Scheme 1.2).3 This

mechanism begins with addition of phosphine to ethyl-2,3-butadienoate (1.1) to produce

1,3-dipole 1.7. The 1,3-dipole 1.7 is composed of two resonance structures, α-1.7 and γ-

1.7. The 1,3-dipole 1.7 then reacts with alkene dipolarophile 1.2 in a formal [3+2]

Page 24: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

3

cycloadditon to produce zwitterionic intermediate 1.8. Next, zwitterionic intermediate

1.8 undergoes a 1,2-proton transfer to produce 1.9. Subsequent elimination of phosphine

affords the major product cycloadduct 1.3 and regenerates the phosphine catalyst

(Scheme 1.2).

R3P

R3P

EtO2C

R3P R3P

α−1.7 γ−1.7

EtO2C EtO2C

CO2Et

12

EtO2C

1.8

R3P12

EtO2C

1.9

R3P

EtO2C1.3

CO2Et

1.1 1.2

R3P

R3P

EtO2C1.7

R3P

EtO2C

1.7

HH

CO2Et CO2Et

CO2Et

1.2

Scheme 1.2: Proposed mechanism for [3+2] cycloaddition reaction Recently, several in depth computer modeling studies have been conducted

investigating the mechanism of the [3+2] cycloaddition.4,5,6 These studies confirm the

general mechanism originally proposed by Lu and provide some additional insight into

the reaction mechanism. Most notably, these studies revealed that the [3+2]

cycloaddition event between 1,3-dipole 1.7 and acrylate 1.2 to form cycloadduct

intermediate 1.9 is not a concerted reaction but rather a stepwise process (Scheme 1.3).

Page 25: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

4

Ph3P

EtO2C

1.1

R3P

EtO2C

1.7

CO2Et

EtO2C

R3P CO2Et

EtO2C1.9

PR3

H

CO2Et

1.2 1.10

Scheme 1.3: Stepwise [3+2] Cycloaddition These studies also demonstrated that the 1,2 proton transfer of ylide 1.8 to

intermediate 1.9 is not an intramolecular reaction. Rather it is an intermolecular reaction

catalyzed by trace amounts of water in the reaction media (Scheme 1.4).

EtO2C

1.9

R3P CO2Et

EtO2C

1.8

PR3

H

CO2Et1,2 ProtonTransfer

EtO2C

1.11

R3P CO2EtH

H

EtO2C

1.8

PR3

H

CO2Et

OH H

HOH

EtO2C

R3P CO2EtH

1.12

OH H

Scheme 1.4: Water-catalyzed intermolecular 1,2-proton transfer 1.2.3 Regioselectivity of Phosphine-Catalyzed [3+2] Cycloaddition

Although the regioselectivity of the [3+2] cycloaddition reaction was modest, the

head to tail cycloadduct 1.3 was formed in approximately a 3:1 preference over

regioisomeric head to head cycloadduct 1.4 (Figure 1.1). This regiochemical preference

can be explained qualitatively using frontier molecular orbital (FMO) theory. The

HOMO coefficient of the 1,3-dipole 1.7 should be higher at the α-C since when the anion

is placed at the α-C it is stabilized by the adjacent electron withdrawing ester moiety, (α-

1.7). This stabilization is not present when the anion is placed on the γ-C, (γ-1.7).

Furthermore, the LUMO coefficient of the electron deficient alkene 1.2 should be highest

Page 26: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

5

at the carbon β to the electron withdrawing group. To maximize HOMO-LUMO orbital

overlap, the reaction should proceed through transition state 1.13, which gives rise to the

major regioisomeric product 1.3. In addition to this general FMO analysis, computer

modeling studies of the regiochemical outcome of the cycloaddition have also been

conducted.5,7

EtO2C

PR3 (10 mol%)Benzene

25 °C

CO2Et

EtO2CEtO2C1.1 1.2 1.3

3

1.4

1

CO2Et

CO2Et

γ

α

Ph3P

γ

α

Ph3P

EtO2C

EtO2C

CO2Et

1.2

CO2Et

α−1.7

γ−1.7 1.2

EtO2C

1.3

CO2Et

EtO2C1.4

CO2Et

:

1.13

1.14

R3P

EtO2C

1.7

Figure 1.1: Regiochemical analysis of intermolecular [3+2] cycloaddition 1.2.4 [3+2] Cycloaddition of Allenoates with Diethyl Maleate and Diethyl Fumurate

In his initial study,3 Lu also showed that doubly-activated β-dipolarophiles

undergo facile [3+2] cycloaddition. Diethyl maleate (1.15) and diethyl fumurate (1.16)

underwent cycloaddition with ethyl-2,3-butadienoate (1.1) to afford cis-1.17 and trans-

1.18 in 46% yield and 67% yield respectively (Scheme 1.5). These results are notable, as

they show that the geometry of the electron deficient alkene dictates the stereochemical

outcome of the reaction.

Page 27: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

6

EtO2C

PR3 (10mol%)Benzene

25 °C

46%

CO2Et CO2EtEtO2C1.1 1.15 cis-1.17

EtO2C

PR3 (10 mol%)Benzene

25 °C

67%

CO2Et CO2EtEtO2C

1.1 1.16 trans-1.18

CO2Et

CO2EtCO2Et

EtO2C

Scheme 1.5: [3+2] cycloaddition with dimethyl maleate and dimethyl fumurate 1.2.5 Electron Deficient Alkynes as 1,3-Dipole Precursors in [3+2] Cycloaddition

Lu also showed that electron deficient alkynes could serve as precursors to the

1,3-dipole intermediate 1.7.3 This realization was significant since electron deficient

alkynes are more readily available then electron deficient allenes. Specifically, Lu found

that ethyl-2-butynoate (1.19) could be converted into 1,3-dipole 1.7 upon treatment with

phosphine (Scheme 1.6). Mechanistically, this is assumed to occur through addition of

phosphine to the β-position of alkyne 1.19 to produce vinyl anion 1.20. Vinyl anion 1.20

then undergoes a 1,3-proton transfer to form the 1,3-dipole 1.7. It has recently been

proposed that this 1,3-proton transfer is mediated by catalytic amount of water in the

reaction media.6

R3P R3P

1.20 1.7

EtO2C EtO2C

R3P

EtO2C1.7

EtO2C

Me H

H

1.19

PR3

Scheme 1.6: Mechanism of 1,3-dipole formation from electron deficient alkynes

Accordingly, the cycloaddition of ethyl-2-butynoate (1.19) and ethyl acrylate

(1.2) catalyzed by tributylphosphine afforded products 1.3 and 1.4 in a combined 85%

Page 28: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

7

yield in an 89:11 rr (Table 1.2, entry 1). Ethyl-2-butynoate (1.19) also underwent

smooth [3+2] cycloaddition with methyl acrylate (1.2a) and acrylonitrile 1.2b (entries 2-

3). Unfortunately, when the reaction was conducted using methyl-vinyl-ketone (1.2c),

none of the desired cycloaddition products were isolated (entry 4). This failure resulted

from polymerization of methyl vinyl ketone (1.2b) upon treatment with

tributylphosphine.

PBu3 (10 mol%)Benzene

25 °C

EWG

EtO2CEtO2C1.19 1.2 1.3 1.4

EtO2C

EWG

EWG

Entry Substrate EWG (1.2) Products Ratio (1.3:1.4) % Yield 1 1.2 CO2Et (1.3:1.4) 89:11 85 2 1.2a CO2Me (1.3a:1.4a) 84:16 78 3 1.2b CN (1.3b:1.4b) 93:7 80 4 1.2c COMe (1.3c:1.4c) - -

Table 1.2: Butynoates as 1,3-dipole precursor in phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition

These butynoate cycloadditions were also attempted using triphenylphosphine as

catalyst. Unfortunately, only a trace amount of the cycloaddition products could be

observed at highly elevated reaction temperatures. It is believed that the more

nucleophilic trialkylphosphines are required in cycloadditions using butynoates because

triarylphosphines are not sufficiently nucleophilic to convert the butynoate into the

required 1,3-dipole intermediate (Scheme 1.6).8 Additionally, it was found that

triethylamine was unable to catalyze the reaction.

The phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition of ethyl-2-butynoate (1.19) with

diethyl maleate (1.15) and diethyl fumurate (1.16) was also attempted (Scheme 1.7).3 In

Page 29: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

8

contrast to the cycloaddition with ethyl-2,3-butadienoate (1.1), both diethyl maleate

(1.15) and diethyl fumurate (1.16) produced the same product trans-1.18 in 91% yield

and 88% yield respectively. This surprising stereochemical result stems from rapid

isomerizaition of dimethyl maleate (1.15) to dimethyl fumurate (1.16) through the action

of tributylphosphine.9

MePBu3 (10mol%)

Benzene

25 °C

91%

CO2Et CO2EtEtO2C

1.19 1.15 trans-1.18

PBu3 (10 mol%)Benzene

25 °C

88%

CO2Et CO2EtEtO2C1.19 1.16 trans-1.18

CO2Et

CO2EtCO2Et

EtO2C

CO2Et

Me

CO2Et

Scheme 1.7: Tributylphosphine-catalyzed cycloaddition with diethyl maleate and fumurate After Lu described these initial results on the phosphine-catalyzed [3+2]

cycloaddition, numerous other studies of the cycloaddition by various groups were

reported. These reports will be reviewed in the following sections.

1.2.6 Substituted Allenoates and Alkynoates in [3+2] Cycloaddition

After his initial studies, Lu reported results on the phosphine-catalyzed [3+2]

cycloadditions using substituted allenoates and butynoates.10 For instance, methyl

substituted allenoate 1.21 was treated with triphenylphosphine in the presence of ethyl

acrylate (1.2) to afford [3+2] cycloaddition product 1.22 along with phosphine coupling

product 1.23 in a combined 59% yield in a 64:36 ratio, respectively (Scheme 1.8). The

Page 30: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

9

cycloadduct 1.22 was formed as a 67:33 trans:cis mixture of diastereomers. Similar

results were obtained when vinyl sulfone 1.24 was used as the dipolarophile.

EtO2C

PPh3 (10 mol%)Benzene

25 °C

59%

CO2Et

EtO2C

1.21 1.2

Me

EtO2C

Me

CO2Et

1.22

64(trans:cis = 67:33)

Me

CO2Et

1.23

36

EtO2C

PPh3 (10 mol%)Benzene

25 °C

67%

SO2Ph

EtO2C1.21 1.24

Me

EtO2C

Me

SO2Ph

1.25

59(trans:cis = 65:35)

Me

SO2Ph

1.26

41

Scheme 1.8: [3+2] cycloaddition of substituted allenoates with electron deficient alkenes

Additionally, methyl substituted allenoate 1.21 was reacted with diethylfumurate

(1.16) to afford triester 1.27 in 69% yield as a single diastereomer (Scheme 1.9).

EtO2C

PPh3 (10 mol%)Benzene

25 °C

69%

CO2Et CO2EtEtO2C1.19 1.16 trans-1.27

CO2EtEtO2CMeMe

Scheme 1.9: [3+2] Cycloaddition of functionalized allenoate with fumurate Examples of substituted alkynoates in the [3+2] cycloaddition include the

phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition of ethyl-2-heptynoate (1.28) with

diethylfumurate (1.16) using tributylphosphine as catalyst to produce product 1.29 in

73% yield (Scheme 1.10). The product of phosphine-catalyzed isomerization of 1.28,

ethyl-2,4-heptadienoate (1.30), was also isolated in 11% yield.11

Page 31: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

10

PBu3 (15 mol%)Benzene

25 °CCO2Et

CO2EtEtO2C

1.28 1.16 1.29

CO2EtEtO2C

H9C4

EtO2C

H9C4

Me CO2Et

1.3073% 11%

Scheme 1.10: [3+2] Cycloaddition of substituted alkynoates with diethyl fumurate Additionally, the cycloaddition of substituted alkynoate 1.31 with diethylfumurate

(1.16) gave cycloadduct 1.32 in 47% yield as a 5:1 mixture of trans:cis isomers (Scheme

1.11).

PBu3 (15 mol%)Benzene

25 °C

47%CO2Et

CO2EtEtO2C1.31 1.16 1.32

CO2EtEtO2C

EtO2C

OO OO

trans:cis = 5:1

Scheme 1.11: [3+2] Cycloaddition of functionalized alkynoates

1.2.7 [3+2] Cycloaddition Reactions with C60 Fullerene

Another interesting application of the phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition

reported simultaneously by Wu12 and Walton13 is the reaction of ethyl-2,3-butadienoate

(1.1) with [60] fullerene 1.33 to give cycloadduct 1.34 in 42-43% yield (Scheme 1.12).

Walton also reported that the reaction proceeded in 23% yield when ethyl-2-butynoate

(1.19) was used as the latent 1,3-dipole precursor.

PBu3 (10 mol%)Toluene

25 °C

42-43%CO2Et CO2Et

1.33 1.1 1.34

Page 32: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

11

Scheme 1.12: [3+2] cycloaddition of [60] fullerene

Wu later elaborated on this reaction to synthesize a novel [60] fullerene derivative

of the antineoplastic natural product podophyllotoxin through the [3+2] cycloaddition of

allene 1.35 with [60] fullerene 1.33 to give derivative 1.36 in 70% yield (Scheme 1.13).14

PBu3 (10 mol%)Toluene

25 °C

70%

1.36

1.33

O

O

O

O

OCH3OCH3

H3CO

O

O

O

O

O

OCH3OCH3

H3CO

O

O

O

1.35

Scheme 1.13: Synthesis of podophyllotoxin derivative 1.2.8 [3+2] Cycloaddition for Spirocycle Formation - L-Glutamate Analogues

Pyne has used the phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition reaction to synthesize

a variety of analogs of therapeutically useful molecules. For example, conformationally

restricted L-glutamate analogs were synthesized through the phosphine-catalyzed [3+2]

cycloaddition of ethyl-2,3-butadienoate (1.1) and oxazolidinone 1.37 (Scheme 1.14). 15

Cycloaddition products 1.38 and 1.39 were isolated in 49% yield and 17% yield

respectively along with a 27% yield of butadienoate self cycloaddition product 1.6

(Scheme 1.1). Both 1.38 and 1.39 were formed in 77:23 dr. Cycloadducts 1.38 and 1.39

were subsequently converted into L-glutamate analogues.

Page 33: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

12

EtO2C

PBu3 (10 mol%)Benzene

25 °C

1.1

BzN O

O

H Ph

BzN O

O

H Ph

EtO2CBzN O

O

H Ph

CO2Et

1.37 1.38

49%

1.39

17%

Scheme 1.14: Synthesis of conformationally restricted L-glutamate analogues Pyne was also able to synthesize L-glutamate analogues through a

tributylphosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition of ethyl-2-butynoate (1.19) with

dehydroaminoacid 1.40 (Scheme 1.15).16 Notably, only one regioisomeric product 1.41

was formed in 98% yield. The high regioselectivity of this transformation can be

explained by FMO analysis. Specifically, the LUMO coefficient of the alkene of

dehydroamino acid 1.40 should be increased at the terminal position of the alkene due to

the electron withdrawing imino and ester functionalities. Consequently, the alkene is

highly polarized and reacts with high regioselectivity.

Me PBu3 (10 mol%)Benzene

25 °C

98%1.19 1.40

EtO2C

CO2MeNPh2C

N

CO2MeCPh2

1.41

CO2Et

Scheme 1.15: [3+2] cycloaddition of dehydroaminoacids

1.2.9 [3+2] Cycloaddition for Spirocycle Formation - Synthesis of (-)-Hinesol

In 2002 Lu reported the phosphine catalyzed [3+2]-cycloaddition of electron-

deficient exocyclic alkenes 1.42 with tert-butyl allenoate 1.41 to form spirocyclic

compounds 1.43 and 1.44 (Table 1.4).17 The reaction proceeded across a broad range of

substrates in high yield and high dr favoring cycloadduct 1.43 (Table 1.3, entries 1-10).

Page 34: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

13

The tert-butyl allenoate 1.41 was used as the 1,3-dipole precursor instead of the more

commonly used ethyl-2,3-butadienoate (1.1) because the bulky tert-butyl group

significantly enhanced the diastereoselectivity of the transformation. Lu also showed that

the reaction would proceed when the corresponding tert-butyl butynoate was used as the

latent 1,3-dipole. However, these reactions proceeded in significantly lower yields.

PPh3 (10 mol%)Toluene

reflux

1.41 1.42 1.43 1.44

CO2tBu

O O O

CO2tBu

CO2tBu

Entry 1.42 R (Ratio: 1.43:1.44) % Yield

1 2

O

R

R=H R = OMe

(91:9) (92:8)

98 95

3 4 5

O

R

R = H R = Br

R = OMe

(95:5) (93:7) (92:8)

99 98 96

6

O

(80:20) 78

7 O

(78:22) 63

8 9 RN

O

R = Boc R = Ts

(92:8) (91:9)

92 93

10 BnN

NBn

O

(74:26) 90

Table 1.3: Lu�s synthesis of spirocyclic compounds Lu later showcased this method of spirocycle formation in the first total synthesis

of the natural product (-)-hinesol (1.47) (Scheme 1.16).18

Page 35: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

14

MePPh3 (10 mol%)

Toluene

25 °C

60%1.421.45 1.46

O O

CO2tBu

CO2tBuMe Me

Me

Me

Me

MeOH

1.47

Scheme 1.16: Total synthesis of (-)-hinesol 1.2.10 [3+2] Cycloaddition of 1,1-Dicyanoalkenes

A phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition between ethyl-2,3-butadienoate (1.1)

and 2-benzylidenemalonitrile (1.48) was reported by Lu in 2006 (Scheme 1.17).19 The

reaction afforded cycloadduct 1.49 as a single regioisomer in 89% yield. Notably, at the

time of this report, this reaction represented the first example of a phosphine-catalyzed

[3+2] cycloaddition with a β-substituted dipolarophile that was not activated by two

electron withdrawing groups.

EtO2C

PPh3Toluene

25 °C

89%1.1 1.48 1.49

CNNC

Ph EtO2C Ph

CN

CN

Scheme 1.17: [3+2] Cycloaddition of 1,1-dicyanoalkenes Lu was able to develop a one pot three component coupling using this reaction.

This discovery was driven by an earlier report20 which showed that a condensation

reaction occurred between benzaldehyde (1.50) and malonitrile (1.51) upon treatment

with triphenylphosphine to produce dipolarophile (1.48) (Scheme 1.18).

Ph

OPPh3Toluene

reflux1.50 1.51 1.48

CNNC

Ph

CNNC

Scheme 1.18: Phosphine-catalyzed condensation of benzaldehyde with malonitrile

Page 36: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

15

Thus when various aldehydes 1.52, malonitrile (1.51), and ethyl-2,3-butadienoate

(1.1) were treated with triphenylphosphine, modest to good yields of cycloadducts 1.53

could be isolated (Table 1.4). In this reaction, ethyl-2,3-butadienoate (1.1) had to be

added slowly by syringe pump addition, and molecular sieves were necessary to obtain

high yields. Although a variety of aryl aldehydes participated in the transformation

(entries 1-8), aliphatic aldehydes were not viable substrates (entry 9).

R

O

PPh3 (10 mol%)TolueneMol Sieves

reflux

1.52 1.51

CNNC

EtO2C

1.1 1.53

EtO2C Ph

CN

CN

Entry R (1.52) % Yield (1.53) 1 Ph 86 2 p-MeOC6H4 56 3 p-FC6H4 76 4 p-ClC6H4 78 5 α-Napthyl 69 6 2-Pyridyl 53 7 2-Furyl 74 8 Cinnamyl 26 9 n-propyl -

Table 1.4: One pot [3+2] cycloaddition/aldehyde malonitrile condensation 1.2.11 [3+2] Cycloaddition of Furanones

The phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition of ethyl-2-butadienoate 1.1 with

methyl furanone 1.54 was reported in 2008 by Ruano and Martín (Scheme 1.19).21 A

75% yield of the cis-fused bicycle 1.55 was isolated in 69% yield as a single diastereomer

when two equivalents of methyl furanone 1.54 were used. The diastereoselectivity of the

reaction is believed to be controlled by the acetal methoxy group. The success of this

cycloaddition was surprising since β-substituted unsaturated esters do not typically

Page 37: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

16

participate in the [3+2] cycloaddition.3 This reaction probably proceeds because the

alkene of furanone 1.54 is within an electron poor ring system.

1.1

O

O

OMe

1.54

O

H

H

O

OMe

1.55

PPh3 (30 mol%)Benzene

25 °C

75%EtO2C EtO2C

Scheme 1.19: [3+2] Cycloaddition with furanones The authors also found that optically pure sulfinylfuranone 1.56 participated in

the cycloaddition to give adduct 1.57 in 96% yield as a single diastereomer (Scheme

1.20). The authors postulate that the diastereoselectivity of this reaction was controlled

completely by the ethoxy group of 1.56.

1.1

O

O

OEt

1.56

O

TolOS

H

O

OEt

1.57

PPh3 (30 mol%)Benzene

25 °C

96%EtO2C EtO2C

SO

Tol

Scheme 1.20: [3+2] Cycloaddition with sulfinylfuranone 1.2.12 [3+2] Cycloaddition of 3-Substituted-Chromones and Quinoline-1,3-

Dicarboxylate

In 2000, Ishar reported the [3+2] cycloaddition of ethyl-2-butadienoate (1.1) with

3-substitued-chromones 1.58 to give products 1.59 in 72-74% yield (Scheme 1.21).22 In

this reaction the [3+2] cycloaddition was followed by spontaneous deformylation of the

3-formyl residue.

Page 38: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

17

PPh3Benzene

80 °CO

O H

O

O

O

R

CO2Et

H

H

3 examples74-72% yield

R = H, Cl, Me1.58 1.591.1

CO2Et

Scheme 1.21: [3+2] cycloaddition of 3-substituted chromones In 2008 a related study Beifuβ and Al-Masoudi showed that structurally related 4-

quinoline-1,3-dicarboxylate 1.60 also participated in effective [3+2] cycloaddition to

provide cycloadduct 1.61 in 60% yield (Scheme 1.22).23

PPh3Benzene

23 °C

60%N

OCO2Et

N

O

R

CO2Et

CO2Et

H

1.60 1.61

CO2Et EtO2C

Scheme 1.22: [3+2] cycloaddition of quinoline-1,3-dicarboxylate 1.2.13 [3+2] Cycloaddition Reactions Using Activated Allylic Bromides, Acetates,

and Carbonates

In 2003, Lu described a procedure for phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition of

activated allylic bromide 1.62 with succinimide 1.63 to produce cycloadduct 1.64 in 88%

yield (Scheme 1.23).24

Br

EtO2C

1.62

EtO2CNPh

O

O

1.63

NPh

H

H

O

O

1.64

PPh3 (10 mol%)K2CO3 (1.5 Equiv)

Toluene

90 °C

88%

Scheme 1.23: [3+2] Cycloaddition reaction with allylic bromides

Page 39: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

18

Lu proposed a general mechanism for this reaction that begins with SN2

displacement of the bromide in compound 1.62 with phosphine to produce phosphonium

salt 1.65 (Scheme 1.24). Deprotonation of the phosphonium salt 1.65 with potassium

carbonate provides 1,3-dipole 1.66 which participates in a [3+2] cycloaddition with

succinimide 1.63 to provide the cycloadduct 1.64.

Br

EtO2CPPh3

1.62

EtO2C

1.65

Ph3P BrH

EtO2C

1.66

Ph3P

K2CO3EtO2C

NPh

O

O1.63 NPh

H

H

O

OPPh31.64

Scheme 1.24: Proposed Mechanism of [3+2] cycloaddition with allylic bromides The scope of the [3+2] cycloaddition with phthalimide 1.63 was also investigated

with regard to the allylic compound 1.67 (Table 1.5). The reaction proceeded well with

phenyl (entry 2) and alkyl (entry 3) substituted allylic bromides to produce adducts 1.68a

and 1.68b in decent yield and in greater than 93:3 dr. Furthermore, it was discovered that

allylic acetate 1.67c (entry 4) and allylic tert-butyl carbonate 1.67d (entry 5) participated

in the cycloaddition effectively. Notably, in the cycloaddition of tert-butyl carbonate

1.67d, no potassium carbonate was required since the tert-butyl carbonate degrades to

form tert-butoxide in situ.

Page 40: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

19

R

EtO2C

1.67

EtO2CNPh

O

O

1.63

NPh

H

H

O

O

1.68

PPh3 (10 mol%)K2CO3 (1.5 Equiv)

TolueneR'R'

Entry Allylic Substrate R R� T °C Product % Yield (1.68) 1 1.67 Br H 90 °C 1.68 88 2 1.67a Br Ph 110 °C 1.68a 68 3 1.67b Br nPr 110 °C 1.67b 60 4 1.67c OAc H 70 °C 1.67c 76 5 1.67d OBoc H 110 °C 1.67d 74

Table 1.5: Scope of [3+2] Cycloaddition reactions with allylic bromides, acetates, and carbonates

Lu also found that the [3+2] cycloaddition proceeded with other dipolarophiles

such as chalcone 1.69 and diester 1.70 to give the corresponding cycloadducts 1.71 and

1.72 in good yield (Scheme 1.25).

Br

EtO2C

1.62

PPh3 (10 mol%)K2CO3 (1.5 Equiv)

Toluene

CO2Ph

CO2Et

1.70

O

1.69

O

1.71

CO2Et

CO2Et

CO2Ph

EtO2C

1.72

Br

EtO2C

1.62

PPh3 (10 mol%)K2CO3 (1.5 Equiv)

Toluene

110 °C

70%

110 °C

72%

Scheme 1.25: Scope of dipolarophile in [3+2] cycloaddition of allylic bromides In a subsequent study, Lu reported that activated allylic tert-butyl carbonate 1.73

underwent effective cycloaddition with β-substituted 1,1-dicyanoalkenes 1.74 to give

cycloadducts 1.75 (Table 1.6).25 Electron neutral, electron rich, and electron deficient

aryl substituted 1,1-dicyanoalkenes participated in the cycloaddition in excellent yield

Page 41: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

20

(entries 1-3). n-Propyl susbstituted 1,1-dicyanoalkene also underwent [3+2]

cycloaddition in high yield (entry 4). However the bulkier isopropyl substrate completely

suppressed the cycloaddition reaction (entry 5).

BocO

EtO2C

1.73 1.74 1.75

EtPh2P (10 mol%)TolueneNC CN

R

EtO2C

CNCN

R25 °C

Entry (1.74) R % Yield (1.75) 1 Ph 90 2 4-MeO-C6H4- 96 3 4-NO2-C6H4- 87 4 n-Pr 89 5 i-Pr -

Table 1.6: [3+2] Cycloaddition of 1,1-dicyanoalkenes with activated allylic tert-butyl carbonates 1.2.14 Chiral Auxilaries in [3+2] Cycloaddition

Another interesting addition to this methodology reported by Pyne was the use of

chiral auxiliaries in the [3+2] cycloaddition reaction.26 Remarkably, the auxiliaries

affected both the regioselectivity and the diastereoselectivity of the reaction. For

instance, the cycloaddition between ethyl-2-butynoate (1.19) and hydantoin 1.76

produced cycloaddition products 1.77 and 1.78 in 81% overall yield, in a regioisomeric

ratio of 98:2 respectively (Table 1.7, entry 1). However, when chiral auxiliary 1.79 was

used the regioselectivity of the reaction was reversed (entry 2). The reaction produced

both products 1.77 and 1.78 in a combined 61% yield in an approximate 11:89

regioisomeric ratio. Product 1.77 was formed as a 1:1 mixture of diastereomers and

product 1.78 was formed in >98% de. Pyne proposed that the regiochemical reversal in

the cycloaddition is caused by the electronic effects of the chiral auxiliary rather than

Page 42: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

21

sterically driven. This proposal is supported by the fact that when camphor sultam

auxiliary 1.80 was used in the cycloaddition, the opposite regioisomer, product 1.77, was

formed exclusively in 74% yield albeit as a 1:1 mixture of diastereomers (entry 3).27

Notably, Pyne investigated these reactions in his work involving the synthesis of

carbocyclic hydantoins27 and his work in the synthesis of 2-azaspiro[4.4]nonan-1-ones.28

Me PBu3 (10 mol%)Benzene

25 °C

1.19 X = OEt

BnN NBn

O

BnN NBn

O

BnN NBn

O

1.76 1.77 1.78

COX O O O

ON

O

Bn

MeMe

NS OO

1.80, X =1.79, X =

CO2X

XO2C

Entry Alkyne Ratio (1.77:1.78) % Yield % de (1.77:1.78)

1 1.19 98:2 81% - 2 1.79 11:89 61% 0:98 3 1.80 100:0 74% 0:0

Table 1.7: [3+2] cycloaddition using chiral auxiliaries 1.2.15 Enantioselective Phosphine-Catalyzed [3+2] Cycloadditions

The first example of an enantioselective phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition

using chiral tertiary phosphines was reported by Zhang in 1997.29 Zhang found that

novel tertiary chiral monophosphine 1.82 gave superior results compared to other known

chiral phosphines in the enantioselective phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition of

ethyl-2,3-butadienoate (1.1) with various electron deficient alkenes 1.81 to form

cycloadducts 1.83 and 1.84 (Table 1.8). The best enantioselectivities and

Page 43: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

22

regioselectivities were obtained when the ester group (E) of 1.81 was iso-butyl rather

than methyl, ethyl, or tert-butyl (entries 1-4). The best results were obtained when the

reaction temperature was decreased to 0 °C. Under these conditions the cycloadduct 1.83

could be obtained in 88% yield and 93% ee as a single regioisomer (entry 5). The

cycloaddition was also attempted using diethyl maleate and diethyl fumurate as the

dipolarophile though modest yields and enantioselectivities were obtained (entries 6 and

7). While Zhang had developed the first enantioselective phosphine-catalyzed [3+2]

cycloaddition, the scope of the method was limited.

EtO2CE EEtO2C

1.1 1.81 1.83EtO2C

1.84

E

PPh iPriPr

1.82

R1 R2R2

R2

R1R1

Entry E R1 R2 Solvent T (°C) (1.83:1.84) % Yield % ee 1 COOEt H H Benzene rt 97:3 76 81 2 COOMe H H Benzene rt 96:4 87 79 3 COOiBu H H Benzene rt 100:0 92 88 4 COOtBu H H Benzene rt 95:5 75 88 5 COOiBu H H Toluene 0 100:0 88 93 6 COOEt H COOEt Toluene 0 - 49 79 7 COOMe COOMe H Benzene rt - 84 36

Table 1.8: First Enantioselective [3+2] Cycloaddition

After Zhang�s initial study, Fu reported an enantioselective phosphine-catalyzed

[3+2] cycloaddition using chiral tertiary phosphine 1.85 (Table 1.9).30 Phosphine 1.85

successfully catalyzed the [3+2] cycloaddition of ethyl-2,3-butadienoate (1.1) with a

broad range of β-substituted enones 1.86 to give the major the regioisomeric product 1.87

in good yield and high ee. Notably, this work represents the first example of a β-

substituted singly activated dipolarophile undergoing successful [3+2] cycloaddition.

Page 44: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

23

Furthermore, these β-substituted enones 1.86 prefer to form the regioisomeric

cycloadduct 1.87 over cycloadduct 1.88. This regiochemical preference is opposite to

that observed in [3+2] cycloaddition involving non-β-substituted dipolarophiles.

Presumable the steric hindrance of the β-substituent causes this regiochemical shift.

EtO2C EtO2C

1.1 1.86 1.87

EtO2C

1.88

1.85

P tBu

R

O

R1

O

R1

R

R

O

R1Toluene

rt

Entry R (1.86) R1 (1.86) (1.87:1.88) % Yield % ee 1 Ph Ph 13:1 64 88 2 Ph 4-Cl-C6H4 7:1 76 82 3 Ph 4-Me-C6H4 20:1 61 87 4 Ph 4-MeO-C6H4 >20:1 54 88 5 4-Cl-C6H4 Ph 9:1 74 87 6 4-MeO- C6H4 Ph 10:1 67 87 7 2-furyl Ph 3:1 69 88 8 2-quinolyl Ph 20:1 52 88 9 4-Cl-C6H4 2-(5-Me-furyl) >20:1 54 89

10 Ph 2-thienyl 6:1 74 90 11 C≡C-C5H11 Ph 6:1 65 85 12 C≡C-TES Ph >20:1 70 87 13 C5H11 Ph >20:1 39 75

Table 1.9: Enantioselective [3+2] cycloaddition with β-substituted enones Another example of an enantioselective [3+2] cycloaddition using a phosphine-

containing α-amino acid catalyst 1.89 was published by Miller in 2007.31 Benzyl

allenoate 1.90 underwent cycloaddition with a variety of electron deficient exocyclic

alkenes 1.91 to provide cycloadducts 1.92 and 1.93 in modest enantioselectivity and

excellent regioselectivity (Table 1.10). Both aromatic and heteroaromatic substituents

were tolerated in the reaction (Entries 1-4). However, a slight decrease in regioselectivity

was observed when an acyclic substrate was used (entry 5)

Page 45: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

24

1.90 1.91 1.92 1.93

BnO2CO O O

CO2Bn

BocHNOMe

O

PPh2

1.89 (10 mol %)Toluene

-25 °C

CO2Bn

Entry (1.91) ( 1.92:1.93) % Yield % ee (1.92)

1

O

MeO

(99:1) 95 84

2

O

O

(94:6) 68 65

3

O

O

(>99:1) 75 76

4

O

NAc

(>99:1) 53 71

5

O

Me

(85:15) 75 70

Table 1.10: Enantioselective [3+2] cycloaddition with phosphine-containing α-amino acids Miller also established that a dynamic kinetic asymmetric transformation could be

achieved using catalyst 1.89 (Scheme 1.26). When racemic chiral allene 1.94 was

reacted with dipolarophile 1.95 using catalyst 1.89, (100 mol %), the cycloaddition

product 1.96 was isolated in 94% yield and 91% ee (Scheme 1.26). This result is possible

because the chirality of the allene 1.94 is destroyed in the formation of 1,3-dipole

intermediate 1.97. The reaction also proceeded at lower catalyst loading but in

significantly diminished yield.

Page 46: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

25

1.94 1.95

Ph

O

BocHNOMe

O

PPh21.89 (100 mol %)

Toluene

-25 °C

94% Yield91% ee

PhMeH

R3P

BnO2C

1.97

CO2Bn

Me

CO2Bn

Ph

OPh

Me

1.96

Scheme 1.26: Dynamic kinetic asymmetric transformation Finally, researchers at Merck found that allenyl ketones 1.98 could be used as 1,3-

dipole precursors in asymmetric phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition with exocyclic

alkenes 1.99 to form spirocycles 1.100 and 1.101 (Table 1.11).32 This report was

significant since it was the first time an allenyl ketone had been used as a 1,3-dipole

precursor. After initial screening, it was found that the commercial chiral phosphine-

catalyst DIOP 1.102 provided excellent regioselectivity and moderate yield and

enantioselectivity in the [3+2] cycloadditions of allenyl ketones 1.98 with several

exocyclic alkenes 1.99 (entries 1-5).

Page 47: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

26

1.98 1.99 1.100 1.101

O O ODIOP 1.102 (20 mol %)

Toluene

25 °CMe

O OMe

MeO

O

O

PPh2PPh2

Entry (1.99) (Ratio: 1.100:1.102) % Yield % ee (1.100)

1

O

(95:5) 58 61

2

O

MeO

(91:9) 64 77

3

MeO

O

(80:20) 73 53

4

MeO

O

(90:10) 82 46

5

O

O

BnO

(95:5) 84 71

Table 1.11: Enantioselective [3+2] cycloadditions with allenyl ketones 1.2.16 Intramolecular Phosphine-Catalyzed [3+2] Cycloadditions

In 2003 Krische reported the first example of an intramolecular phosphine-

catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition.33 Specifically, 1,7-enynes 1.103 underwent

tributylphosphine-catalyzed intramolecular [3+2] cycloaddition to produce diquinane

products 1.104 in 71-86% yields (Table 1.12). All the products were formed in >95:5

d.e. except for in the case of the oxygen tethered substrate where an epimeric product was

also isolated in 10% yield (entry 6). The reaction was compatible with cyclopropyl

(entries 5-7), aryl (entry 1), heteroaryl (entry 2), and thioester functionalities (entries 3,8).

Page 48: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

27

However, 1,7-enynes that employed enoates as the dipolarophile did not participate in the

reaction to a significant extent.

O

R1

O

R1

H

H

OR2

O R2 PBu3 (10 mol%)EtOAc110 °C

Sealed Tube

1.103 1.104

Entry (1.103) Product (1.104) % Yield

1

O PhO

MeO

MeO

O

H

H

OPh

76

2 O

O

MeO

O

MeO

O

H

H

O O

74

3

O SEtO

MeO

MeO

O

H

H

OSEt

78

4

O MeO

MeO

MeO

O

H

H

OMe

77

5

OO

MeO

MeO

O

H

H

O

86

Page 49: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

28

6

O

OO

MeO

MeO

O

O

H

H

O

75

7 O

O

Me

Me

O

H

H

O

71

8 O SEt

O

Me

Me

O

H

H

OSEt

75

Table 1.12: First intramolecular [3+2] cycloaddition This intramolecular phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition reaction was

subsequently utilized by Krische in the total synthesis of the linear triquinane natural

product (±)-hirsutene 1.105 (Scheme 1.27).34 [3+2] cycloaddition of substrate (E)-1.106

gave product 1.107 as a single diastereomeric product in 88% yield. Product 1.107 was

further elaborated to the natural product (±)-hirsutene 1.105. A noteworthy aspect of this

work was the discovery that when diastereomeric cycloaddition substrate (Z)-1.106 was

subjected to the [3+2] cycloaddition conditions, an epimeric cycloadduct epi-1.107 was

isolated in 73% yield. This result revealed that the intramolecular [3+2] cycloaddition is

a stereospecific transformation.

Page 50: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

29

H

HMe

Me

MeH

Hirsutene

MeMe

Me OMeO2C

Me

88%

H

HMe

Me

MeMe

O

110 °CSealed Tube

MeO2CPBu3 (10 mol%)

EtOAc

MeMe

MeMeO2C

73%

H

HMe

Me

MeMe O

110 °CSealed Tube

MeO2CPBu3 (10 mol%)

EtOAc

(E)-1.106

O

Me

(Z)-1.106

1.107

epi-1.107

1.105

Scheme 1.27: Total synthesis of (±)-hirsutene Kwon has also reported an intramolecular phosphine catalyzed [3+2]

cycloaddition to produce an assortment of highly functionalized coumarins (Table

1.13).35 Substrates 1.108 could be converted to cyclopentene-fused dihydrocoumarins

1.109 when treated with a catalytic amount of tributylphosphine. Both electron neutral

(entries 1-2), electron donating (entries 3-6) and electron withdrawing (entries 6-7) aryl

substituents were tolerated in the reaction. However, the 5-nitro substrate produced the

corresponding cycloadduct in only 9% yield (entry 8).

Page 51: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

30

rt

PBu3 (20 mol%)THF

O

CO2Et

O O O

EtO2C

R R1.108 1.109

Entry (1.108) % Yield (1.109) 1 H 96 2 3-methyl 98 3 3-methoxy 74 4 4-methoxy 94 5 5-methoxy 70 6 5-fluoro 91 7 5-bromo 93 8 5-nitro 9

Table 1.13: [3+2] cycloaddition for synthesis of coumarins Kwon investigated the effects of changing the activating group of the alkene

dipolarophile in the cycloaddition and found that when sulfone 1.110 was used, a 63%

yield of the corresponding cycloadduct 1.111 could be isolated (Scheme 1.28).

Furthermore, when nitro-alkene 1.112 was used as substrate, only a 48% yield of product

1.113 could be isolated along with a 12% yield of tricyclic nitronate 1.114 when

triphenylphosphine was used as catalyst. This nitronate side product 1.114 could be

isolated in 62% yield when the reaction was conducted in benzene using tris(p-

fluorophenyl)-phosphine as catalyst. Kwon postulates two possible mechanisms for the

formation of this unexpected product 1.114 in her paper.35

Page 52: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

31

rt

63%

PBu3 (20 mol%)THF

O

SO2Ph

O O O

PhO2S

rt

48%

PPh3 (20 mol%)THF

O

NO2

O O O

O2N

rt

48%

P(p-FC6H5)3(20 mol%)Benzene

O O

1.110 1.111

1.112 1.113

ONO

1.114

Scheme 1.28: Investigation of activating group in coumarin synthesis Finally, Tang and coworkers have published studies an intramolecular

phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition of allylic bromides.36,37 For example, allylic

bromide 1.115a participates in a intramolecular [3+2] cycloaddition to form

benzobicyclo[4.3.0] compound 1.116a and 1.117a in 95% yield in a 91:9 ratio,

respectively (Table 1.14, entry 1). Similarly, the electron poor p-bromo substrate 1.115b

(entry 2), and electron rich p-methoxy substrate 1.115c (entry 3) also underwent the

[3+2] cycloaddition in similar yield. Tang also found that when cesium carbonate was

used as base, the opposite alkene isomers 1.17 could be formed as the major product

(entries 3-6).37

Page 53: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

32

Base (150 mol%)PPh3 (20 mol%)

Toluene

1.115

OEtO2C

Br

CO2Et

1.116

H

HCO2Et

EtO2C H

HCO2Et

EtO2C

1.117R R R

Entry R (1.115) Substrate Base Temp. (°C) Ratio (1.116:1.117) % Yield 1 H 1.115a Na2CO3 80 (91:9) 95 2 4-Br 1.115b Na2CO3 80 (90:10) 96 3 4-MeO 1.115c Na2CO3 80 (91:9) 96 4 H 1.115a Cs2CO3 80-90 (18:82) 96 5 4-Br 1.115b Cs2CO3 80-90 (18:82) 89 6 4-MeO 1.115c Cs2CO3 80-90 (19:81) 83

Table 1.14: Intramolecular [3+2] cycloaddition of aromatic allylic bromides Tang additionally showed that the aliphatic substrates could also be used in the

intramolecular [3+2] cycloaddition to produce bicyclo-[3.3.0] ring systems.36 To this

end substrate 1.118a could be converted to bicyclo-[3.3.0] ring system 1.119a in 73%

yield in >20:1 dr (

Table 1.15, entry 1). In the same way, an oxygen tethered substrate 1.118b proceeded to

give the cycloadduct 1.119b in 88% yield and in excellent diastereoselectivity (entry 2),

and N-tosyl tethered substrate 1.118c gave [3+2] adduct 1.119c in a diminished 56%

yield and >20:1 dr (entry 3).

Page 54: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

33

Cs2CO3 (150 mol%)PPh3 (20 mol%)

Toluene

1.118 1.119

X CO2R

CO2R

Br

X

CO2R

CO2RH

H90 °C

Entry Substrate R X Product % Yield d.r.

1 1.118a Me CH2 1.119a 73 >20:1 2 1.118b Et O 1.119b 88 >19:1 3 1.118c Me NTs 1.119c 56 >20:1

Table 1.15: Intramolecular [3+2] cycloaddition of aliphatic allylic bromides

1.3 Phosphine-Catalyzed [3+2] Cycloaddition of Imines with Allenoates

and Alkynoates

1.3.1 [3+2] Cycloaddition of N-Tosyl Imines and Allenoates

In 1998 Lu reported the phosphine catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition of allenoates

and N-tosylimines to form pyrrollidines.38 Reaction of methyl-2,3-butadienoate 1.120

with benzaldimine 1.121 in the presence of 10 mol% triphenylphosphine yielded

heterocycle 1.122 in 98% yield (Table 1.16, entry 1). The reaction also proceeded in

high yield with an electron rich aryl imine 1.121a (entry 2), and an electron poor imine

1.121b (entry 3). Unfortunately, when aliphatic 2-methyl-4-pentenyl imine 1.121c was

used in the cycloaddition only trace amounts of the cycloaddition product could be

isolated from the reaction (entry 4). Furthermore, when 2-furyl imine 1.121d was used as

substrate regioisomeric adducts 1.122d and 1.123d were isolated in 83% yield in an

85:15 regioisomeric ratio (entry 6). Attempts to catalyze the reaction with nitrogen based

catalysts were unsuccessful. In addition to this report by Lu, Shi has reported one

example of a related phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition.39

Page 55: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

34

MeO2C

PPh3 (10 mol%)Benzene

25 °C

NTs

NTsMeO2C

1.120 1.121 1.123

R

RNTs

MeO2C

1.122

R

Entry Imine R Product % Yield 1 1.121 Ph 1.122 98 2 1.121a 4-MeO-C6H4 1.122a 98 3 1.121b 4-NO2-C6H4 1.122b 88 5 1.121c 2-methyl-4-pentenyl 1.122c trace 6 1.121d 2-furyl 1.122d:1.123d 85:15

Table 1.16: Initial studies of [3+2] cycloadditions with N-tosyl imines 1.3.2 Mechanism of [3+2] Cycloaddition between N-Tosyl Imines and Allenoates

Lu proposed a general mechanism for this reaction that is analogous to the [3+2]

cycloaddition of allenoates with acrylates (Scheme 1.29).3 First, addition of

triphenylphosphine to methyl-2,3-butadienoate 1.120 forms 1,3-dipole intermediate

1.124. 1,3-Dipole 1.124 then adds to imine 1.121 to give N-tosyl anion 1.125. Next,

intramolecular attack of the nitrogen anion of 1.125 onto the vinyl residue provides five

membered heterocycle 1.126. 1,2-proton transfer of heterocycle 1.126 to intermediate

1.127 is followed by elimination of phosphine to give the observed product 1.122.

Page 56: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

35

Ph3P

Ph3P

MeO2C

NTs

MeO2C1.125

Ph3P NTs

MeO2C1.126

Ph3P

NTs

MeO2C

1.122

NTs

1.120 1.121

Ph3P

Ph3P

MeO2C

1.124

Ph

NTs

1.121Ph

NTs

MeO2C

Ph3P

PhH

Ph

Ph Ph

H

1.127 Scheme 1.29: Mechanism of [3+2] cycloadditions with N-tosyl imines

1.3.3 Regioselectivity of [3+2] Cycloaddition between N-Tosyl Imines and Allenoates

The regiochemical preference for major adduct 1.122 is analogous to the [3+2]

cycloaddition of allenoates with acrylates, and can be predicted by frontier molecular

orbital theory (Figure 1.2). The HOMO coefficient of the dipole 1.124 is highest at the

α-position (See Section 1.2.3), and the LUMO coefficient of the imine 1.121 is highest at

the carbon of the C=N imine double bond. For maximum orbital overlap the reaction

would proceed through transition state 1.128 to give major product 1.122. Minor

regioisomer 1.123, which is observed in some cases, could form through transition state

1.129. In addition to this general FMO analysis, computer modeling studies of the

regiochemical outcome of the cycloaddition have also been conducted.7

Page 57: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

36

γ

α

Ph3P

γ

αPh3P

MeO2C

MeO2C

1.121α−1.124

γ−1.124 1.121

1.128

1.129

MeO2C

PPh3 (10 mol%)Benzene

25 °C

NTs

NTsMeO2C

1.120 1.121 1.123Minor

Ph

PhNTs

MeO2C1.122Major

Ph

NTs

Ph

NTs

Ph

NTs

MeO2C

1.122

Ph

NTsMeO2C

1.123

Ph

Figure 1.2: Regioselectivity in [3+2] cycloadditions with N-tosyl imines 1.3.4 [3+2] Cycloaddition Between N-Tosyl Imines and Alkynoates

In later studies, Lu reported that the [3+2] imine cycloaddition also proceeded

when alkynoates were used as the dipolarophile in the presence of tributylphosphine.8,10

Accordingly phenyl imine 1.121 and butynoate 1.19 participated in effective [3+2]

cycloaddition to afford products 1.122 along with side product 1.130 in 98% yield in a

87:13 ratio (Table 1.17, entry 1). A mechanism for the formation of sideproduct 1.130 is

described in detail by Lu. Electron deficient and electron rich aryl imines also

participated in the cycloaddition in good yields with similar regioselectivities (entry 2-4).

Notably, an alkyl imine provided the corresponding adduct 1.122 in 57% yield without

formation of side product 1.130 (entry 5). This result was surprising because reaction of

methyl-2,3-butadienoate 1.120 with alkyl imines provided only trace amount of the

cycloadduct.

Page 58: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

37

PBu3 (10 mol%)Benzene

25 °C

NTs NTs

RO2C

R = Et (1.19) 1.121 1.130

R'

NTs

RO2C

1.122

R' R'

TsHN R'Me

CO2R

Entry R (1.19) R� (1.121) (1.122:1.130) % Yield 1 Et C6H5 87:13 98 2 Me 2-MeO-C6H4 81:19 95 3 Et 4-MeO-C6H4 90:10 86 4 Me 4-Cl-C6H4 85:15 87 5 Me t-Bu 100:00 57

Table 1.17: [3+2] Cycloaddition of Tosyl Imines with butynoates Lu also showed that this methodology could be used in the synthesis of the marine

antibiotic pentabromopseudilin (Scheme 1.30).8 Phosphine catalyzed cycloaddition of

methyl-2,3-butadienoate 1.120 with N-tosyl-imine 1.131 provided adduct 1.132 in 96%

yield. Product 1.132 could be elaborated into pentabromopseudilin 1.133 in 5 additional

steps.

MeO2C

PPh3Benzene

25 °C

96%

NTs

1.120 1.131 1.1331.132

OMe NTs OMe

MeO2C

NTs OH

Br

Br

Br

Br

Br

Scheme 1.30: Synthesis of pentabromopseudilin via [3+2] cycloaddition 1.3.5 [3+2] Cycloaddition Between Imines and Substituted Allenoates

Kwon has reported the diastereoselective phosphine catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition

of imines and substituted allenoates.40 A variety of substituted allenoates 1.134 were

reacted with phenyl N-Tosyl imine 1.121 using tributylphosphine as catalyst to give

excellent yields of diastereomeric cycloadducts 1.135 and 1.136 (Table 1.18). In all

Page 59: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

38

cases the cis-adduct was formed as the major product. Increasing the bulkiness of the

allenoate substituent resulted in a direct increase in the cis-selectivity of the reaction

(entries 1-6).

MeO2C

PPh3 (20 mol%)Benzene

25 °C

NTs NTs

EtO2C

1.134 1.121 1.136

Ph

NTs

EtO2C1.135

Ph

R R

Ph

R

Entry R (1.134) (1.135:1.136) % Yield 1 Me 91:9 89 2 Et 95:5 99 3 n-Pr 96:4 98 4 i-Pr 100:0 99 5 t-Bu 100:0 99 6 Ph 100:0 99

Table 1.18: [3+2] cycloaddition of substituted allenoates with N-tosyl imines

The affects of the N-Tosyl imine 1.121 aryl substituents were also explored in the

reaction with various allenoates 1.134 (Table 1.19). In all examples the reaction

proceeded in quantitative or nearly quantitative yield to give cis-cycloadduct 1.137 as the

sole product (entries 1-9).

Page 60: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

39

MeO2C

PPh3 (20 mol%)Benzene

25 °C

NTs

1.134 1.121

R'

NTs

EtO2C

1.137

R'

R R

Entry R (1.134) R� (1.121) % Yield (1.137) 1 R = iPr 2-F-C6H4 97 2 R = iPr 4- i-Pr-C6H4 96 3 R = iPr 4-CF3-C6H4 96 4 R = C6H5 2-Cl-C6H4 99 5 R = C6H5 3-Cl-C6H4 99 6 R = C6H5 4-MeO-C6H4 99 7 R = tBu 4-CN-C6H4 >99 8 R = tBu 4-MeO-C6H4 >99 9 R = tBu 1-Napthyl >99

Table 1.19: [3+2] cycloaddition of substituted allenoates with various imines

In addition to Kwon�s work, Shi has reported the successful

dimethylphenylphosphine-catalyzed cycloaddition of methyl substituted butadienoate

1.134 with several N-tosyl imines 1.121 (Table 1.20).41 All of the reactions gave high

selectivity for the cis cycloadduct 1.138. However electron neutral (entry 1) and electron

poor aryl imines (entries 4-5) gave higher yields than the corresponding electron rich

imines (entries 2-3).

MeO2C

PPh2Me (20 mol%)DCM

25 °C

NTs NTs

EtO2C

1.134 1.121 1.139

R

NTs

EtO2C1.138

R

Me Me

R

Me

Entry R (1.121) (1.138:1.139) % Yield 1 C6H5 13:1 95 2 4-MeO-C6H4 15:1 31 3 4-Me2N-C6H4 >30:1 28 4 4-Cl-C6H4 16:1 72 5 4-NO2-C6H4 16:1 84

Table 1.20: PPh2Me-Catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition of substituted allenoates with various imines

Page 61: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

40

1.3.6 [3+2] Cycloaddition of Imines and Alkynyl Ketones

The phosphine-catalyze [3+2] cycloaddition of aryl N-tosyl imines 1.121 with

alkynyl ketones 1.140 was reported by Xue in 2008.42 Cycloaddition of phenyl ketone

1.140 with phenyl tosyl imine 1.121 in the presence of tributylphosphine gave cis-

cycloadduct 1.141 in 90% yield (Table 1.21, entry 1). The reaction proceeded in similar

yield with electron deficient imines (entries 2-3) but the yield was slightly diminished

when the electron rich p-MeO-phenyl aryl imine was used (entry 4). Similarly, the

reaction yield was lower when an ortho-halo-substituted aryl imine was used (entry 5).

PBu3 (20 mol%)PhMe

25 °C

NTs

1.140 1.121

R

O

Me

O

NTs

R

Me

1.141

Entry R (1.121) % Yield (1.141) 1 C6H5 90 2 4-Br-C6H4 90 3 4-NO2-C6H4 92 4 4-MeO-C6H4 64 5 2-Br-C6H4 79

Table 1.21: [3+2] cycloaddition of alkynyl ketones with N-tosyl imines

Xue also tested the scope of the alkyne 1.141 in the reaction and found that

electron rich aryl groups promoted the reaction (Table 1.22, entry 1-2), while an electron

deficient group resulted in a decrease in yield (entry 3). Surprisingly, when a p-nitro-

phenyl ketone was used, only a trace amount of the product 1.142 was isolated (entry 4).

An aliphatic ketone was also tested but gave a complex mixture of products (entry 5).

Page 62: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

41

PBu3 (20 mol%)PhMe

25 °C

NTs

1.141 1.121

PhR

O

Me

R

O

NTs

Ph

Me

1.142

Entry R (1.141) % Yield (1.142) 1 4-MeO-C6H4 99 2 1-furanyl 84 3 4-Br-C6H4 80 4 4-NO2-C6H4 - 5 n-C3H7 -

Table 1.22: [3+2] cycloaddition of various alkynyl ketones with N-tosyl imines 1.3.7 [3+2] Cycloaddition of Allenes and N-(thio)-phosphoryl Protected Imines

The cycloaddition of allenes with N-(thio)-phosphoryl protected imines was

reported by He in 2008 (Scheme 1.31).43 Although Lu and Kwon had reported a few

examples without tosyl protected imines, most of the early work on the [3+2]

cycloaddition reaction of imines involved protection of the imine nitrogen with a tosyl

group,.8,40 The purpose of this study was to develop cycloaddition reactions on imines

with an easily cleaved protecting group, since removal of the tosyl group can be difficult.

To this end the authors found that the N-thiophosphoryl imines 1.143 served as suitable

substrates in the [3+2] cycloaddition with butadienoates 1.1 and 1.134. Eleven examples

were reported ranging from 41-99% yield. When methyl substituted allene 1.134 was

used as the latent 1,3-dipole the cis-product 1.145 was favored.

Page 63: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

42

EtO2C

PR3 (20 mol%)DCM

25 °CN N

EtO2C

1.1 R = H1.134 R =Me

1.143 1.145

Ar

N

EtO2C

1.144

Ar

R R

Ar

R

PS

(EtO)2P PS

(OEt)2

S

(OEt)2

11 examples41-99%

Scheme 1.31: [3+2] Cycloaddition with N-(thio)-phosphoryl Protected Imine 1.3.8 Enantioselective [3+2] Cycloaddition of Imines

The first example of an enantioselective phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition

between allenes and imines was reported by Marinetti in 2006.44 Unfortunately, the

enantioselectivities obtained in this paper were low, with the highest reported ee being

61%. Shortly after this report, Gladysz described another enantioselective variant of the

reaction using a chiral rhenium phosphine complex. However, the enantioselectivities in

this paper were also low ranging from 51-60% ee.45

High enantioselectivities could not be obtained in the reaction until Jacobsen

reported an enantioselective allene imine [3+2] cycloaddition catalyzed by

phosphinothiourea catalyst 1.146 (Table 1.23).46 Through substrate screening it was

found that the aryl diphenylphosphinoyl (DPP) protected imines 1.147 provided the

highest enantioselectivities. A variety of aryl DPP-imines participated in the

cycloaddition with ethyl-2,3-butadienoate 1.1 to provide the cycloaddition products 1.148

in good yields (68-90%) and excellent enantioselectivity (94-98% ee).

Page 64: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

43

EtO2C

1.146 (cat.)H2O (20 mol%)Et3N (5 mol%)Toluene

-30 °CN

1.1 1.147

Ar

N

EtO2C

1.148

Ar

PO

(Ph)2PO

(Ph)2

PPh2

NH

NH

Bn2N

O

SMe

1.146

Entry Ar (1.147) 1.146 (mol%) % Yield (1.148) ee (%) 1 C6H4 10 84 99 2 4-F-C6H4 10 72 95 3 4-MeO-C6H4 20 80 97 4 3-NO2-C6H4 10 70 95 5 2-Br-C6H4 10 90 95 6 3-pyridyl 10 85 95 7 2-furyl 20 79 94

Table 1.23: Enantioselective [3+2] cycloaddition of DPP imines 1.4 [3+2] Cycloaddition for Pyrrole Synthesis

In 2005, Yamamoto reported a phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition between

electron deficient alkynes and isocyanides to form pyrroles.47 Reaction of ethyl

isocyanate 1.150 and ethyl-2-butynoate 1.19 with catalytic amounts of 1,3-

bis(diphenylphosphino)propane (dppp) provided pyrrole 1.151 in 60% yield (Scheme

1.32).

dppp ( 15 mol%)Dioxane

100 °C

1.19 1.150 1.151

Me CO2Et NC CO2EtNH

CO2Et

CO2EtMe

Scheme 1.32: Pyrrole Synthesis via [3+2] cycloaddition Mechanistically, this reaction is thought to proceed by initial addition of

phosphine to ethyl-2-butynoate 1.19 to produce vinyl anion 1.152 (Scheme 1.33). The

Page 65: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

44

vinyl anion 1.152 then deprotonates ethyl isocyanate 1.150 to give vinyl phosphonium

intermediate 1.153 and anion 1.154. Next a [3+2] cycloaddition between intermediates

1.153 and 1.154 occurs to form adduct 1.155. Proton migration of adduct 1.155 is

followed by elimination of the phosphine to give compound 1.156. Finally, 1,5 hydrogen

shift of compound 1.156 produces the pyrrole product 1.151.

1.156

1.150

Me CO2Et

NC CO2Et

R3P

CO2Et

R3P

Me

1.152

1.19

CO2Et

R3P

Me1.153

H

NC CO2Et

CN

R3PMe CO2Et

H

CO2Et

CN CO2Et

CO2EtMe

H

1.151

NH

CO2Et

CO2EtMe

1.154

1.155

Scheme 1.33: Mechanism of pyrrole formation The scope of the reaction was explored and several aliphatic substituted alkynes

1.157 (Table 1.24, entries 1-3) provided the corresponding pyrroles 1.158 in moderate

yield. Notably, even an unprotected alcohol provided the corresponding product in 59%

yield (entry 2). However, a tert-butyl substituted alkyne did not produce any of the

desired product (entry 4). Aryl substituted alkynes also participated in the reaction in

good yield (entries 5-7).

Page 66: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

45

dppp ( 15mol%)Dioxane

100 °C

1.157 1.150 1.158

R CO2Et NC CO2EtNH

CO2Et

CO2EtR

Entry R (1.157) % Yield (1.158) 1 CH3CH2 72 2 HO(CH2)4 59 3 cyclo-C6H11 66 4 t-Bu - 5 C6H5 79 6 4-MeO-C6H5 79 7 4-CF3-C6H5 48

Table 1.24: Scope of pyrrole formation

1.5 Phosphine-Catalyzed [4+2] Cycloadditions of Allenes

1.5.1 Initial Phosphine-Catalyzed [4+2] Cycloaddition

A phosphine-catalyzed [4+2] annulation for the synthesis of tetrahydropyridines

was reported by Kwon in 2003.48 As a representative example, reaction of ethyl-2-

methyl-2,3-butadienoate 1.159 with imine 1.121 led to the formation of [4+2]

cycloaddition product 1.160 in nearly quantitative yield (Scheme 1.34).

PBu3 (20 mol%)CH2Cl225 °C

98%

Me

CO2Et

1.121 1.159

NPhTs

CO2Et

NTsPh

1.160

Scheme 1.34: Representative phosphine-catalyzed [4+2] cycloaddition

1.5.2 Mechanism of Phosphine-Catalyzed [4+2] Cycloaddition

The mechanism of this transformation begins with addition of phosphine to the

allene 1.159 to produce intermediate 1,3-dipole α-1.161 which is in resonance with

structure γ-1.161 (Scheme 1.35). Addition of γ-1.161 to the imine 1.121 produces

Page 67: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

46

intermediate 1.162 which goes through a series of proton transfers to 1.164. Finally,

elimination of the PBu3 provides product 1.160.

NPhTs

CO2Et

1.160

Me

CO2Et

αMe

CO2Etγ

PBu3

αMe

CO2Etγ

PBu3

NTsPh

NPhTs

CO2Et

H

PBu3

NHPhTs

CO2EtPBu3

NHPhTs

CO2EtPBu3

NPhTs

CO2EtPBu3

PBu3

1.159 α-1.161 γ-1.161

1.121

1.162 1.163a 1.163b

1.164

PBu3

Scheme 1.35: Mechanism of [4+2] cycloaddition 1.5.3 Scope of Phosphine-Catalyzed [4+2] Cycloaddition

Kwon investigated the scope of this reaction and found that a variety of aryl and

heteroaryl imines 1.121 provided the cycloadducts 1.160 in excellent yield (Table 1.25,

entries 1-4). However, substrates with acidic protons failed completely (entries 5 and 6).

Finally, the aliphatic tert-butyl imine provided the corresponding adduct in 86% yield

(entry 7), but the n-propyl imine did not participate in the cycloaddition (entry 8).

Page 68: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

47

PBu3 (20 mol%)CH2Cl225 °C

Me

CO2Et

1.121 1.159

NPhTs

CO2Et

NTsR

1.160

Entry R (1.121) % Yield (1.160) 1 Ph 98 2 4-MeO-C6H4 99 3 4-NO2-C6H4 86 4 2-furyl 97 5 2-pyrrol 0 6 2-HO-C6H4 0 7 t-Bu (1.xx) 86a

8 n-Pr 0 a 3 equiv of Na2CO3 Added

Table 1.25: Scope of imine in [4+2] cycloaddition The scope of the substitution of the allene was also investigated (Table 1.26).

Several benzyl substituted allenes 1.165 participated in the [4+2] cycloaddition with

phenyl substituted imines 1.121 to provide the cis-disubstituted tetrahydropyridines 1.166

in excellent yield and dr.

PBu3 (20 mol%)CH2Cl225 °C

CO2Et

1.121 1.165

NPhTs

CO2Et

NTsPh

1.166

RR

Entry R (1.165) % Yield (1.166) dr 1 C6H5 99 98:2 2 2-F-C6H4 99 97:3 3 3-MeO-C6H4 99 98:2 4 2-Me-C6H4 82 88:12

Table 1.26: Benzyl substituted allenes in [4+2] cycloaddition After her initial study Kwon used this phosphine-catalyzed [4+2] to access known

intermediate 1.167 in the formal synthesis of the indole alkaloids (±)-alstonerine and (±)-

macroline (Scheme 1.36).49

Page 69: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

48

[4+2]

CO2Et1.168

1.169

CO2EtNMe

NNs N

MeNNs

CO2Et

CO2Et

NMe

NMe

H

H

OHPBu3

1.1671.170Known intermediate

Scheme 1.36: Formal synthesis of (±)-alstonerine and (±)-macroline 1.5.4 Enantioselective Phosphine-Catalyzed [4+2] Cycloaddition

In 2007, Fu reported an asymmetric variant of Kwon�s [4+2] cycloaddition.50

Using chiral phosphine catalyst 1.85, allene 1.171 could be reacted with a variety of aryl

and heteroaryl imines 1.121 to afford [4+2] cycloaddition products 1.172 in excellent

yield and enantioselectivity with high cis diastereoselectivity (Table 1.27).

25 °CCO2Et

1.121 1.171

NRTs

CO2Et

NTsR

1.172

CO2EtCO2Et 1.85 (5 mol%)

P tBu

CH2Cl2

Entry R (1.121) % Yield (1.172) % ee dr 1 C6H5 93 98 91:9 2 3-Me-C6H4 98 98 93:7 3 3,4,5-(MeO)3-C6H2 86 96 96:4 4 4-MeO-C6H4 42 98 93:7 5 2-Cl-C6H4 75 60 79:21 5 2-NO2-C6H4 98 68 96:4 6 2-furyl 98 97 87:13 7 3-pyridyl 0 97 91:9

Table 1.27: Enantioselective phosphine-catalyzed [4+2] cycloaddition

Page 70: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

49

1.5.5 Phosphine-Catalyzed [4+2] Cycloaddition with 1,1-dicyanoalkenes

Finally in 2007, Kwon described another variant of the [4+2] cycloaddition for

cyclohexene synthesis (Table 1.28).51 Kwon observed that in the [4+2] cycloaddition of

allene 1.159 with alkene dinitrile 1.48 one of two products, either cyclohexene 1.173 or

1.174, could be isolated from the reaction. Notably, when the electron rich phosphine

hexamethyl phosphorus triamide (HMPT) was used as catalyst, isomer 1.173 could be

formed exclusively in good yield (entries 1-3). However, when the electron poor

phosphine tris(p-fluorophenyl)phosphine was used as catalyst, the opposite regioisomer

1.174 could be accessed in excellent yield (entries 4-6).

PR3 (20 mol%)Benzene

∆x

Me

CO2Et

1.48 1.159

R

CO2Et

R

1.173

CN

CN

NC CN

CO2Et1.174

NCNC

R

Entry R (1.48) PR3 Product % Yield 1 Ph P(NMe)2 1.173 98 2 4-MeO-C6H4 P(NMe)2 1.173 94 3 4-Br-C6H4 P(NMe)2 1.173 86 4 Ph P(4-FC6H4)3 1.174 93 5 4-MeO-C6H4 P(4-FC6H4)3 1.174 90 6 4-Br-C6H4 P(4-FC6H4)3 1.174 85

Table 1.28: Phosphine-catalyzed [4+2] cycloaddition for cyclohexene synthesis Kwon postulates that the bifurcation of the reaction products is based on the

electronic properties of the phosphines and can be explained through analysis of the 1,3-

proton transfer of initial phosphine addition adduct 1.175 to intermediate 1.176 (Scheme

1.37). When electron rich phosphines are used this proton transfer is slow and dipole

1.175 reacts with dipolarophile 1.148 to give regioisomer 1.173 as the sole product.

When an electron withdrawing phosphine is used the proton transfer is fast and

Page 71: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

50

intermediate 1.176 reacts with the dipolarophile 1.148 to produce the other regioisomer

1.174.

CO2EtPR3

CO2EtPR3

1.175 1.176

1.148Ph

CO2Et

Ph

1.173

CN

CNNC CN

CO2Et1.174

PhCN

CN1.148

NCNC

Ph

Me

CO2Et

PR3

1,3 ProtonTransfer

H

1.159

Scheme 1.37: Mechanistic explanation of [4+2] phosphine effects Kwon also studied the effects of substitution on the allene in this reaction. Thus

the [4+2] cycloaddition of 1.148 with substituted allenes 1.177 was attempted using

HMPT as catalyst, and the corresponding substituted cyclohexenes 1.178 could be

isolated in high yields with good selectivity for the cis isomer in most cases (Table 1.29).

PR3 (20 mol%)Benzene

CO2Et

1.148 1.177

Ph

CO2Et

Ph

1.178

CN

CN

NC CNRR

Entry R (1.177) PR3 % Yield (1.178) cis:trans 1 Ph P(NMe)2 93 82:18 2 4-MeO-C6H4 P(Nme)2 92 78:28 3 4-Br-C6H4 P(Nme)2 96 84:16 4 CO2Et P(NMe)2 96 66:33 5 Et P(NMe)2 98 92:8 6 iPr P(NMe)2 7 34:66

Table 1.29: Substitution affects in [4+2] cycloaddition for cyclohexene synthesis

Page 72: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

51

1.5.6 Phosphine-Catalyzed [4+2] Cycloaddition of Allenyl Ketones

A mechanistically unrelated phosphine-catalyzed [4+2] cycloaddition was

observed by researchers at Merck in the dimerization of allenyl ketones.32 Treatment of

allenyl ketones 1.179 with triphenylphosphine produced the corresponding pyrans 1.180

in modest yield in approximately an 85:15 E/Z ratio (Scheme 1.38).

PPh3 (20 mol%)Tolune

25 °C

5 Examples26-54% Yield

1.179

O

R O R

Me

O

R

1.180R = Me, Ar

Scheme 1.38: Cycloaddition of allenyl ketones The mechanism of this cycloaddition begins with addition of phosphine to the

allene 1.179 to produce 1,3-dipole 1.181 (Scheme 1.39). Addition of the dipole 1.181b to

another molecule of allenyl ketone 1.179 produces intermediate 1.182. The alkoxide of

1.182 then adds intramolecularly to the electrophilic alkene to form enolate pyran 1.183.

Elimination of triphenylphosphine from 1.183 is followed by isomerization to provide the

observed product 1.180.

Page 73: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

52

PPh3

PPh3

1.181a1.179

R

O PPh31.181b

R

O

PPh3

1.182

R

O

OO

R R

PPh3

R

OR

O

O

R O

R

O

R

Me

1.179

1.183 1.184 1.180R O R O

Scheme 1.39: Mechanism of [4+2] cycloaddition/dimerization of ketones

1.6 Phosphine-Catalyzed [4+3] Cycloaddition

A phosphine-catalyzed [4+3] cycloaddition between ethyl-2-butadienoate (1.1)

and 3-(N-aryliminomethyl)chromenes 1.185 has been reported by Ishar (Scheme 1.40).22

Initial [4+3] cycloaddition between 1.1 and 1.185 affords cycloadduct intermediate 1.186.

Intermediate 1.186 undergoes a subsequent rearrangement under the reaction conditions

to afford product 1.187. Six examples are reported ranging from 55-64% yield.

PPh3 (cat.)Benzene

O

NR

OAr

∆xO

RO

CO2Et

N

CO2Et

Ar

O

RO

N

CO2Et

Ar6 examples55-64% yield

1.1

1.185 1.186 1.187 Scheme 1.40: Phosphine-catalyzed [4+3] cycloadditions

1.7 Phosphine-Catalyzed [6+3] Cycloaddition

Lu has reported a phosphine catalyzed [3+6] cycloaddition between tropone 1.188

and various allylic acetate esters 1.189 to give adducts of type 1.190 (Scheme 1.41).52

Six examples were reported with various alkyl and aryl esters 1.189 to provide the

Page 74: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

53

corresponding [6+3] adducts 1.190 in 85-95% yields. The reaction also proceeded with

allylic bromides, chlorides and carbonates. The mechanism of this reaction is analogous

to the related [3+2] cycloaddition (see section 1.2.13).

CO2ROAc

O PPh3 (5 mol%)K2CO3Toluene

∆x

6 examples85-95% yield

O

COR

1.189 1.188 1.190

Scheme 1.41: Phosphine-catalyzed [6+3] cycloaddition

1.8 Phosphine-Catalyzed [8+2] Cycloaddition

Ishar reported a phosphine-catalyzed [8+2] cycloaddition between troponone

1.188 and various electron deficient allenes 1.191 to give adducts 1.192 (Scheme 1.42).53

The reaction proceeds in high yields with several different allenyl ketones 1.191. The

reaction also proceeds with ethyl-2-butadienoate (1.1) in good yield, but a small amount

of a [6+4] cycloadduct is formed in addition to the [8+2] adduct.

OPPh3 (cat.)Benzene

∆x

5 examples82-95% yield1.191 R= Alkyl, Aryl

1.1 R = OEt1.188 1.192

O

HCOR

COR

Scheme 1.42: Phosphine-Catalyze [8+2] cycloaddition Mechanistically, this reaction is proposed to proceed by addition of 1,3-dipole

1.193 to the tropone 1.188 to give alkoxide 1.194 (Scheme 1.43). Alkoxide 1.194 then

adds into the electron deficient alkene to give enolate 1.195. To finish, enolate 1.195

Page 75: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

54

eliminates triphenylphosphine to provide the observed product 1.192 and regenerate the

catalyst.

O

1.191 1.188 1.194

OCOR COR

PPh3

1.193

PPh3

1.195

O

HCOR

PPh3

COR

PPh3

1.192

O

HCOR

PPh3

Scheme 1.43: Mechanism of phosphine-catalyzed [8+2] cycloaddition

1.9 Miscellaneous Cycloadditions

1.9.1 Phosphine-catalyzed Synthesis of 1,3-Dioxin-4-ylidenes

Kwon has reported a phosphine-catalyzed synthesis of 1,3-dioxan-4-ylidenes

from aldehydes and allenes (

Table 1.30).54 Isopropyl allene 1.196 undergoes annulation with two equivalents of

aldehyde 1.197 to 1,3-dioxan-4-ylidenes 1.198. The reaction gives exclusive cis-

selectivity for the substituents of 1.198 and is selective for the E-alkene. Electron

deficient aryl and heteroaryl aldehydes give the corresponding products in high yields

(entries 1-3), but electron rich aldehydes give diminished yields (entries 4-5).

Unfortunately, butyraldehyde fails to produce any of corresponding product (entry 6).

Page 76: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

55

PMe3 (20 mol%)CHCl3CO2iPr

1.197 1.196

O O

1.198

R

R

CO2iPrR

O

25 °C

Entry R (1.197) % Yield (1.198) E:Z 1 4-pyridyl 99 8:1 2 4-CF3-C6H4 99 7:1 3 4-NO2-C6H4 84 8:1 4 Ph 54 100:0 5 3-MeO-C6H4 47 100:0 6 n-Pr - -

Table 1.30: Phosphine-catalyzed synthesis of 1,3-dioxan-4-ylidenes The mechanism of this reaction involves initial formation of 1,3-dipole 1.199a-b

from the allene 1.196 (Scheme 1.44). This is followed by addition of the 1,3-dipole

1.199b to aldehyde 1.197 to form alkoxide intermediate 1.200. Next, alkoxide 1.200

reacts with a second equivalent of aldehyde 1.197 to give intermediate 1.201.

Intramolecular addition of the alkoxide of 1.201 to the electron deficient alkene produces

enolate 1.202 which eliminates the phosphine to produce product 1.198.

CO2iPrCO2iPr

PMe3

CO2iPrPMe3

OR

OR

CO2iPrPMe3

OR

CO2iPrPMe3

O

O

PMe3

1.196 1.99a 1.99b

1.197

1.200 1.201 1.202

OR

1.197 O

R

R

Me3P

R

CO2iPr

OO

1.198

R

R

CO2iPr

Scheme 1.44: Mechanism of 1,3-dioxan-4-ylidenes formation

Page 77: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

56

1.9.2 Phosphine-catalyzed [4+2] Cycloaddition of 3-Formylchromones

A phosphine-catalyzed [4+2] cycloaddition of 3-formylchromones 1.203 and

acetylene carboxylates 1.204 to produce cycloadducts 1.205 was reported by Waldmann

and Kumar in 2008 (Scheme 1.45).55 Eleven examples were reported ranging from 60-

99% yield.

PR3 (30 mol%)Toluene

25 °C

11 Examples60-99% yield

O

O H

O

O

O

R

1.205

R

O

CO2R

CO2R1.204

1.203

R

R

Scheme 1.45: Phosphine-catalyzed [4+2] cycloadditions with acetylene carboxylates A general mechanism for this transformation was proposed by Waldmann and

Kumar that begins with addition of phosphine to the acetylene carboxylate 1.204 to form

ylide 1.206 (Scheme 1.46). The ylide 1.206 then adds to 1.203 to give enolate

intermediate 1.207. The enolate 1.207 then eliminates triphenylphosphine and produces

the product 1.205.

Page 78: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

57

O

O

O

RO2C PR3

RO2C

PR3

RO2C

PR3 O

O H

O

CO2RPR3 O

O

1.205

O

CO2R

1.207

1.203

1.206

PR3

1.204 1.206

Scheme 1.46: Mechanism of phosphine-catalyzed [4+2] cycloadditions with acetylene

carboxylates

1.9.3 Phosphine-Catalyzed Cycloaddition of Trienoates

Recently, the phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition of trienoate 1.208 with

1,1-dicyanoalkenes 1.209 to give cycloadducts 1.210 was reported by Shi (Scheme

1.47).56 Fifteen examples of the trienoate [3+2] cycloaddition with malonitriles

proceeded in yields ranging from 29-99%. Additionally twelve examples of the

cycloaddition of trienoate 1.208 with N-tosyl imines 1.211 were reported to give pyrroles

1.212 in yields ranging from 48-77%.

Page 79: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

58

EtO2C

PBu3 (50mol%)THF

60 °C

15 Examples29-99%1.208 1.209 1.210

CNNC

R EtO2C R

CN

CN

ArAr Ar Ar

EtO2C

PBu3 (50 mol%)THF

80 °C

12 Examples48-77%

NTs

1.208 1.211 1.212

R

NTs

EtO2C R

ArAr Ar Ar

Scheme 1.47: Phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition with trienoates

1.10 Conclusion

Phosphine-catalyzed cycloaddition reactions have progressed a great deal in the

past 14 years since Lu�s initial report of a phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition

reaction. Several different types of interesting cycloadditions have been developed.

Additionally, through the use of chiral phosphines a few of the cycloadditions have been

rendered asymmetric. However, application of the phosphine-catalyzed cycloadditions

seems to be limited to a handful of organic chemists. Possibly through further refinement

of the reactions, phosphine-catalyzed cycloadditions will become more broadly used in

the synthetic community.

Page 80: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

59

1.11 References

1 For books and reviews on organocatalysis: (a) Dalko, P. I.; Moisan, L. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. 2001, 40, 3726. (b) Jarvo, E. R.; Miller, S. C. Tetrahedron 2002, 58, 2481. (c) List, B. Tetrahedron 2002, 58, 5573. (d) Dalko, P. I.; Moisan, L. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2004, 43, 5138. (e) Ballini, R.; Bosica, G.; Palmieri, A.; Petrina, M. Chem. Rev. 2005, 105, 933. (f) Berkessel, A.; Gröger, H. Asymmetric Organocatalysis, Wiley-VCH, Weinheim, Germany, 2005. (g) Lelais, G.; MacMillan, D. W. C. Aldrichimica Acta, 2006, 39, 79. (h) Enders, D.; Grondal, C.; Huttl, M. R. M. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2007, 46, 1570. 2 For reviews on phosphine organocatalysis: (a) Lu, X.; Zhang, C.; Xu, Z. Acc. Chem. Res. 2001, 34, 535. (a) Roush, W. R.; Methot, J. L. Adv. Synth. Catal. 2004, 346, 1035. (b) Long-Wu, Y.; Zhou, J; Tang, Y. Chem. Soc. Rev. 2008, 37, 1140. 3 Zhang, C.; Lu, X. J. Org. Chem. 1995, 60, 2906. 4 Mercier, E.; Fonovic, B.; Henry, C.; Kwon, O.; Dudding, T. Tetrahedron Lett. 2007, 48, 3617. 5 Xia, Y.; Liang, Y.; Chen. Y.; Wang, M.; Jiao, L.; Huang, F.; Liu, S.; Li, Y.; Yu, Z.-X. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2007, 129, 3470. 6 Liang, Y.; Liu, S.; Xia, Y.; Li, Y.; Yu, Z.-X. Chem. Eur. J. 2008, 14, 4361. 7 Dudding, T.; Kwon, O.; Mercier, E. Org. Lett. 2006, 8, 3643. 8 Xu, X.; Lu, X. J. Org. Chem. 1998, 63, 5031. 9 (a) Ganguly, S.; Roundhill, D. M. J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 1991, 639. (b) Larpent, C.; Meignan, G. Tetrahedron Lett. 1993, 34, 4331. 10 Xu, Z.; Lu, X. Tetrahedron Lett. 1999, 40, 549. 11 (a) Trost, B. M.; Li, C. J.; J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1994, 116, 10819. (b) Guo, C.; Lu, X. J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. 1 1993, 1921. 12 Shu, L.-H.; Sun, W.-Q.; Zhang, D.-W.; Wu, S.-H.; Wu, H.-M.; Xu, J.-F.; Lao, X.-F. Chem. Comm. 1997, 79.

Page 81: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

60

13 O�Donovan, B. F.; Hitchcock, P. B.; Meidine, M. F.; Kroto, H. W.; Taylor, R.; Walton, D. R. M. Chem. Comm. 1997, 81. 14 Guo, L.-W.; Gao, X.; Zhang, D.-W.; Wu, S.-H.; Wu, H.-M. Chin. J. Chem. 2002, 20, 1430. 15 Pyne, S. G.; Schafer, K.; Skelton, B. W.; White, A. W. Chem. Comm. 1997, 2267. 16 Ung, A. T.; Schafer, K.; Lindsay, K. B.; Pyne, S. G.; Amornraksa, K.; Wouters, R.; Van der Linden, I.; Biesmans, I.; Lesage, A. S. J.; Skelton, B. W.; White, A. H. J. Org. Chem. 2002, 67, 227. 17 Du, Y.; Lu, X.; Yu, Y. J. Org. Chem. 2002, 67, 8901. 18 Du, Y.; Lu, X. J. Org. Chem. 2003, 68, 6463. 19 Lu, X.; Lu, Z.; Zhang, X. Tetrahedron 2006, 62, 457. 20 Yadav, J. S.; Reddy, B.; Narsaiah, A. V.; Nagaiah, K. Eur. J. Org. Chem. 2004, 546. 21 García Ruano, J.-L.; Núñez, A.; Martín, M. R.; Fraile, A. J. Org. Chem. 2008, 73, 9366. 22 Kumar, K.; Kapoor, R.; Kapur, A.; Ishar, M. P. S. Org. Lett. 2000, 2, 2023. 23 Al-Soud, Y. A.; Al-Masoudi, N. A.; Hass, T.; Beifuß, U. Lett. Org. Chem. 2008, 5, 55. 24 Du, L.; Lu, X.; Zhang, C. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2003, 42, 1035. 25 Feng, J.; Lu, X.; Kong, A.; Hun, X. Tetrahedron 2007, 63, 6035. 26 Pham, T. Q.; Pyne, S. G.; Skelton, B. W.; White, A. H. Tetrahedron Lett. 2002, 43, 5953. 27 Pham, T. Q.; Pyne, S. G.; Skelton, B. W.; White, A. H. J. Org. Chem. 2005, 70, 6369. 28 Yong, S. R.; Williams, M. C.; Pyne, S. G.; Ung, A. T.; Skelton, B. W.; Turner, P. 2005, 61, 8120.

Page 82: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

61

29 Zhu, G.; Chen, Z. Jiang, Q.; Xiao, D.; Cao, P. Zhang, X. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1997, 119, 3836. 30 Wilson, J. E.; Fu, G. C. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2006, 45, 1426. 31 Cowen, J. C.; Miller, S. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2007, 129, 10988. 32 Wallace, D. J.; Sidda, R. L.; Reamer, R. A. J. Org. Chem. 2007, 72, 1051. 33 Wang, J.-C.; Ng, S.-S.; Krische, M. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2003, 125, 3682. 34 Wang, J.-C.; Krische, M.-J. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2003, 42, 5855. 35 Henry, C. E.; Kwon, O. Org. Lett. 2007, 9, 3069.

36 Ye, L.-W.; Sun, X.-L.; Wang, Q.-G.; Tang, Y. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2007, 46, 5951. 37 Ye, L.-W.; Han, X.; Sun, X-L.; Tang, Y. Tetrahedron 2008, 64, 1487. 38 Xu, Z.; Lu, X. Tetrahedron Lett. 1997, 38, 3461. 39 Shi, Y.-L. Shi, M. Org. Lett. 2005, 7, 3057. 40 Zhu, X.-F.; Henry, C. E.; Kwon, O. Tetrahedron 2005, 61, 6276. 41 Zhao, G.-L.; Shi, M. J. Org. Chem. 2005, 70, 9975. 42 Meng, L.-G.; Cai, P.; Guo, Q.; Xue, S. J. Org. Chem. 2008, 73, 8491. 43 Zhang, B.; He, Z.; Xu, S.; Wu, G. He, Z. Tetrahedron 2008, 64, 9471. 44 Jean, L.; Marinetti, A. Tetrahedron Lett. 2006, 47, 2141. 45 Scherer, A.; Gladysz, J. A. Tetrahedron Lett. 2006, 47, 6335. 46 Fang, Y.-Q.; Jacobsen, E. N. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2008, 130, 5660. 47 (a) Kamijo, S.; Kanazawa, C.; Yamamoto, Y. Tetrahedron Lett. 2005, 46, 2563. (b) Kamijo, S.; Kanazawa, C.; Yamamoto, Y. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2005, 127, 9260.

Page 83: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

62

48 Zhu, X.-F.; Lan, J.; Kwon, O. J. Am Chem. Soc. 2003, 125, 4716. 49 Tran, Y. S.; Kwon, O. Org. Lett. 2005, 7, 4289. 50 Wurz, R. P.; Fu, G. C. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2005, 127, 12234. 51 Tran, Y. S.; Kwon, O. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2007, 129, 12632. 52 Du, Y.; Feng, J.; Lu, X. Org. Lett. 2005, 7, 1987. 53 Kumar, K.; Kapur, A.; Ishar, M. P. S. Org. Lett. 2000, 2, 787. 54 Zhu, X.-F.; Henry, C. E.; Wang, J.; Dudding, T.; Kwon, O. Org. Lett. 2005, 7, 1387. 55 Waldmann, H.; Khedkar, V.; Dückert, H.; Shürmann, M.; Oppel, I. M.; Kumar, K. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2008, 47, 6869. 56 Guan, X.-Y.; Shi, M. J. Org. Chem. ASAP

Page 84: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

63

Chapter 2 Review of Enantioselective Total Syntheses of Iridoid Glycosides

2.1 Introduction

Chapter 1 The iridoids are a large family (>1000 members) of monoterpenoid natural

products characterized by a dihydropyran ring system (Figure 2.1). 1 This family of

natural products can be generally divided into two classes, carbocyclic iridoids and

secoiridoids.2 In carbocylic iridoids, the dihydropyran ring system is cis-fused to a

cyclopentane ring (2.1, 2.5-2.8), whereas in secoiridoids (2.2, 2.4), this cyclopentane ring

is cleaved between C-7 and C-8.

O

OGlu

CO2Me

HO

H

H

2.5

Geniposide

O

OGlu

CO2MeH

H

OHC

2.4

Secologanin

O

OGluHO

H

H

2.6

Aucubin

O

OGluHO

H

H

2.7

Catalpol

O

Me

H

H

2.8

Nepatalactone

Me

O

1 O 2

34

OR

6

7

8

10

59

H

H

2.1

Carbocyclic Iridoid

1 O

34

OR

6

8

10

59

H

H

2.2

Secoiridoid

711 11

1 O

O OOH

OHOH

HO

H

H

2.3

Iridoid Glycoside

O

HO

Figure 2.1: Iridoid natural products

Several iridoids are attached to a sugar unit and are therefore referred to as iridoid

glycosides. Typically, the sugar unit of iridoid glycosides is attached at C-1 of the iridoid

carbon skeleton through a linkage (2.3, 2.4-2.7), however other glycoside linkages do

exist (Figure 2.1).2

Page 85: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

64

Numerous iridoids possess useful biological activities3 and as a result, the iridoids

have been popular synthetic targets.2,4,5 However, there are relatively few total syntheses

of iridoid glycosides.5 This is most likely due to the difficulties inherent to installation of

the complex -glycoside linkages in these compounds. Furthermore, due to the inherent

chirality of the naturally derived sugar subunits, these syntheses are most efficient when

the iridoid carbon skeleton is formed in an enantioselective fashion so that diastereomeric

mixtures are not formed in the final glycosidation step. This chapter will review the

development of methods for the enantioselective total synthesis of iridoid glycosides.

2.2 General Discussion of Iridoid Glycoside Formation

2.2.1 Koenigs-Knorr Type Glycosidation of Iridoids

In 1983 Tietze reviewed the existing methods for iridoid glycosidation and

outlined two basic strategies.5 The first strategy is illustrated using generic iridoid

structures in Scheme 2.1. This approach utilizes the hemiacetal of iridoid aglucon 2.9 as

a nucleophile and an activated α-glucose derivative 2.10 as an electrophile in a SN2 type

reaction. Successful application of this strategy should produce the β-glycosidated

product 2.11. Unfortunately, this classical Koenigs-Knorr glycosidation strategy gives

poor results in the synthesis of iridoid glycosides. Typically the reaction either fails

completely, or produces the desired glycosidation product in very low yield.

Page 86: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

65

O

OH

H

H

OOR

OROR

RO

LGO

OβO

OROROR

RO

H

H

2.9 2.10 2.11

CO2Me CO2Me

Scheme 2.1: Koenigs-Knorr strategy for glycosidation

For example, Tietze attempted the glycosidation of 6-O-acetylloganin-aglycon

2.12 with acetate protected α-bromoglucopyranose 2.13 in the presence of silver

perchlorate (Scheme 2.2).6 A disappointing 13% yield of the desired β-glycoside loganin

(2.14) was isolated after solvolysis of the acetate protecting groups. Additionally, the

epimeric α-glycoside 2.15 was produced in 5.4% yield.

O

OH

H

H

OOAc

OAcOAc

AcO

Br

O

O OOH

OHOH

HO

H

H

2.12

2.13

13%

2.14

CO2Me CO2Me

Me Me

AcO HO O

O

H

H

5.4%

2.15

CO2Me

Me

HO1. AgClO42. Deprotection

OHOOH

OHOH

Scheme 2.2: Glycosidation with α-acetobromoglucose

In another representative study, Tietze attempted the glycosidation of 6-O-

acetylloganin-aglycon 2.12 with 1,2-anhydro-α-D-glucose-triacetate (2.16) in the

presence of a lewis acid (Scheme 2.3). After hydrolysis of the initial products, only the

unnatural α-glycoside 2.15 could be isolated in 24% yield.7

Page 87: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

66

O

OH

H

H

OAcOAcO

2.12

2.16

CO2Me

Me

AcO O

O

H

H

2.15

CO2Me

Me

HO

1. BF3.OEt22. Deprotection

OHOOH

OHOH

O

AcO

24%

Scheme 2.3: Glycosidation with 1,2-anhydro-α-D-glucose triacetate

In addition to these studies, there have been other reports of the failure of this 1st

glycosidation strategy in iridoid β-glycoside synthesis.8,9,10 The general failure of this

method to provide satisfactory results in the synthesis of iridoid β-glycosides stems from

several factors. First the hemiacetal oxygen of the iridoid aglucon 2.9 is a weak

nucleophile because of adjacent electron withdrawing groups (Scheme 2.4).5 As a result,

effective addition to the glycosidation reagent 2.10 is difficult.

O

OH

H

H

OOR

OROR

RO

LGO

OβO

OROROR

RO

H

H

2.9 2.10 2.11

CO2Me CO2Me

Scheme 2.4: Problems with 1st glycosidation strategy

Second, the yields of these reactions are attenuated by the formation of unwanted

iridoid dimers of type 2.18 (Scheme 2.5).6,7 These dimers are thought to form through

the intermediacy of oxocarbenium intermediate 2.17. The oxocarbenium intermediate

2.17 can be formed via ionization of the hemiacetal oxygen of compound 2.9 in the

Page 88: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

67

presence of a lewis acid. Addition of a second molecule of 2.9 to the oxocarbenium ion

2.17 produces iridoid dimer 2.18.

O

OH

H

H

2.9

O

O

H

H

O

H

HO

H

H

2.18

2.17

Lewis Acid

CO2Me CO2Me

CO2Me

CO2Me

O

OH

H

H

CO2Me

2.9

Scheme 2.5: Formation of iridoid dimers In light of the deficiencies of this first strategy of iridoid glycoside synthesis,

novel glycosidation methods were developed. These methods will be discussed in the

subsequent section.

2.2.2 2nd Strategy for Iridoid Glycoside Synthesis

The 2nd general iridoid glycosidation strategy for iridoid glycoside formation

involves converting the iridoid carbon skeleton into an electrophile, and using the

hemiacetal of the glycosidation reagent as the nucleophile (Scheme 2.6). This general

strategy can be accomplished through ionization of the hemiacetal oxygen of

representative iridoid aglucon 2.9 to produce oxocarbenium intermediate 2.17. The

electrophilic intermediate 2.17 can then react with the hemiacetal oxygen of β-

glucopyranose derivative 2.19 to give the desired β-glycosidation product 2.11.

O

OH

H

H

2.9

O

H

H

2.17

Lewis AcidO

OROROR

RO

2.19

HO O

O OOR

OROR

RO

H

H

2.11

CO2Me CO2Me CO2Me

Page 89: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

68

Scheme 2.6: 2nd general glycosdiation strategy The first example of this strategy for iridoid glycosidation was reported by Büchi

in the total synthesis of loganin (Scheme 2.7).11 Reaction of acetate protected racemic

loganin hemiacetal 2.12 with β-�-tetracetylglucose 2.20 in the presence of a boron

trifluoride diethyl etherate provides a low 1.4% yield of loganin pentaacetate 2.21. In

subsequent studies, Partridge9 was able to increase the yield of this same transformation

to 17% employing optically active 2.12.

O

OH

H

HO

OAcOAcOAc

AcO O

O OOAc

OAcOAc

AcO

H

H

2.12 2.20 2.21

CO2Me CO2Me

Me Me

AcO AcOBF3.OEt2HO

Scheme 2.7: Glycosidation of loganin Tietze has also studied this identical transformation in depth, and reports that 6-O-

acetylloganin-aglycon 2.12 upon reaction with β-�-tetracetylglucose 2.20 affords a

combined 32.3 % yield of epimeric pentaacetates 2.21 and 2.22, in addition to a 43.2%

yield of the iridoid dimer 2.23 (Scheme 2.8).6 Hydrolyis of the acetate groups of the

combined mixture of epimeric pentaacetates 2.21 and 2.22 allowed for isolation of

loganin (2.14) in 9.1 % yield and its epimeric α-isomer 2.15 in 11% yield. These results

were noteworthy, as they revealed that dimerization of iridoid aglucon 2.12 to compound

2.23 was favored over glycosidation. Furthermore, they showed that epimerization12 of

β-�-tetracetylglucose 2.20 was occurring prior to glycosidation, resulting in the

formation of the undesired iridoid α-glycoside 2.22.

Page 90: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

69

O

OH

H

H

OOAc

OAcOAc

AcO

2.12

2.20CO2Me

Me

AcOBF3.OEt2

HO

O

O

H

H

O

H

H

CO2Me

CO2Me

HO

Me

HO

Me

2.23

O

O

H

H

CO2Me

Me

AcO

OAcOOAc

OAcOAc

2.22

O

O OOAc

OAcOAc

AcO

H

H

2.21

CO2Me

Me

AcO

Scheme 2.8: Formation of iridoid dimers Notably, Tietze was able to develop a novel method13 of glycosidation to

overcome the problems in this second glycosidation stategy. Specifically, it was found

that when the acetate protected hemiacetal 2.24 was reacted with TMS-β-

glucopyranoside 2.25 in the presence of catalytic amounts of TMSOTf, loganin

pentaacetate 2.21 could be isolated in 75% yield as a 12:1 β:α mixture of epimers

(Scheme 2.9).14

O

OAc

H

HO

OAcOAcOAc

AcO

2.24 2.25

CO2Me

Me

AcOTMSO O

O OOAc

OAcOAc

AcO

H

H

2.21

CO2Me

Me

AcO-40 °C

cat. TMSOTfSO2(liq.)

Scheme 2.9: Tietze glycosidation method It is postulated that the reaction proceeds by ionization of the acetate of

compound 2.24 to form oxocarbenium intermediate 2.26 (Scheme 2.10). The

trimethylsiloxy group of the glycosidation reagent 2.25 then reacts with oxocarbenium

ion 2.26 to give loganin pentaacetate 2.21 and regenerate the catalyst. It is presumed that

acetate protection of the hemiacetal of 2.24 serves to prohibit the dimerization process

observed in the previous glycosidation reaction. Additionally, TMS protection of the

Page 91: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

70

glycosidation reagent 2.25 prevents epimerization thereby ensuring high levels of

stereoselectivity. These combined effects account for the excellent results obtained when

using this methodology.

O

OAc

H

H

OOAc

OAcOAc

AcO

2.24 2.25

CO2Me

Me

AcO TMSOO

H

H

2.26

CO2Me

Me

AcOTMSOTf

OTf

TMSOAc TMSOTf

2.21

Scheme 2.10: Mechanism of Glycosidation MacMillan has successfully applied this same glycosidation strategy to the total

synthesis the iridoid natural products brasoside and littoralisone.15 And currently, this is

the only method for iridoid glycoside formation at the C-1 position that provides the

desired iridoid glycosides in high yields with excellent β-selectivity.

2.3 Review of Enantioselective Iridoid Glycoside Syntheses

2.3.1 Introduction

To date, there have only been three enantioselective total syntheses of iridoid

glycosides that access the iridoid carbon skeleton in enantiopure form prior to the

glycosidation step. Tietze has reported the total syntheses of the iridoid glycosides

hydroxyloganin, 7-epihydroxyloganin, and hydroxyloganic acid. 16 However, this work

will be omitted from this review since it relies on the resolution of a late stage racemic

iridoid aglucon intermediates, and because it is analogous to the asymmetric total

synthesis of loganin by Partridge9 that will be discussed in detail.

Page 92: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

71

2.3.2 Enantioselective Total Synthesis of (-)-Loganin

The first reported enantioselective synthesis of an iridoid β-glycoside was the

asymmetric synthesis of (-)-loganin (2.14) reported by Partridge in 1973.9 Partridge was

able to access loganin (2.14) in a concise 5 steps from 5-methyl-cyclopentadiene (2.27)

and diformyl ester 2.28 (Scheme 2.11). Unfortunately, several of these steps proceeded

in low yield. The key steps in the synthesis were an asymmetric hydroboration-

oxidation, and a [2+2] cycloaddition.

2.27

Me OH

MeO2C CHO 5 steps

2.28

O

O OOH

OHOH

HO

H

H

2.14

CO2Me

Me

HO

Scheme 2.11: Total synthesis of (-)-loganin

The synthesis started with an asymmetric hydroboration-oxidation of 5-methyl-

cyclopentadiene 2.27 using (+)-di-3-pinanylborane to produce trans-alcohol 2.29 in 33%

yield and ≥ 95% ee (Scheme 2.12). Next, the trans-alcohol 2.29 was converted to cis-

acetate 2.30 in two subsequent steps.

2.27 2.302.29

1. (+)-R2BHR=pinanyl

2. H2O2, NaOH

33% Yield95% ee

Me Me

HO 2 steps

Me

AcO

Scheme 2.12: Asymmetric hydroboration-oxidation

With acetate 2.30 in hand, the key photoannulation reaction with diformyl ester

2.28 was explored (Scheme 2.13). Treatment of racemic acetate 2.30 and diformyl ester

2.28 with UV light afforded a combined 33% yield of isomeric products 2.12, 2.31, and

Page 93: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

72

2.32. The desired adduct 2.12 was the major product being formed in 22% yield.

Mechanistically, this reaction occurs via an initial [2+2] cycloaddition between

compounds 2.30 and 2.28 to produce cyclobutane intermediate 2.33. Cyclobutane 2.33

then undergoes a retroaldol reaction to generate dialdehyde intermediate 2.34. Finally,

the dialdehyde 2.34 cyclizes to produce the major product 2.12. Partridge also

conducted this reaction using optically enriched acetate 2.30 to afford a 20% yield of

adduct 2.12.

2.30

Me

AcO hυ

OH

MeO2C CHO

Me

AcO

H

H

CO2MeCHO

OH

retro-aldol

Me

AcO

H

HO

CO2Me

O

O

OH

H

H

CO2Me

Me

AcO O

OH

H

H

CO2Me

2.28

[2+2]

AcO

Me

O

OH

H

H

CO2Me

Me

AcO

2.33 2.34

22% Yield

2.12

2.31 2.3233%

Scheme 2.13: Photoannulation of acetate The final step of the synthesis was the aforementioned glycosidation of

intermediate 2.12 with β-�-tetracetylglucose 2.20 using boron trifluoride to give loganin

pentaacetate 2.21 in 17% yield (Scheme 2.14). Conversion of pentaacetate 2.21 to

loganin (2.14) had previously been reported.17

Page 94: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

73

O

OH

H

HO

OAcOAcOAc

AcO O

O OOAc

OAcOAc

AcO

H

H

2.12 2.20 2.21

CO2Me CO2Me

Me Me

AcO AcOBF3.OEt2HO

17%

Scheme 2.14: Glycosidation in total synthesis of loganin 2.3.3 Enantioselective Total Synthesis of (+)-Semperoside A

The total synthesis of the iridoid glycoside (+)-semperoside A (2.35) was

described in 2004 by Vidari.18 Vidari was able to complete the total synthesis of (+)-

semperoside A (2.35) in 10 steps and 17% overall yield from the known19

enantiomerically pure lactone 2.36 (Scheme 2.15). The synthesis is unique since it

involves the formation of a β-glycoside at the C-3 position of the iridoid carbon skeleton

rather than the usual C-1. Key steps in the synthesis include the formation of the β-

glycoside, and a mercury catalyzed cyclization.

1

O3

OOH

OHOH

HOH

H

2.35

Semperoside A

Me

OO

OO

O

OH

10 steps

2.36

17%

Scheme 2.15: Synthesis of (+)-semperoside A The synthesis starts with conversion of known lactone 2.36 to enol ether 2.37 in 6

steps (Scheme 2.16). Enol ether 2.37 is then glycosidated with benzyl protected α-

bromoglucopyranose 2.38 in the presence of potassium carbonate to give the E-β-

glycoside 2.39 in 95%.

Page 95: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

74

O

O

OH

2.36

6 Step O

O

OSEM

Me2.37

OH

OOBn

OBnOBn

BnO

Br2.38

OSEMO

OBnOBnOBn

BnO

2.39Me

O

O

O

K2CO3

95%

Scheme 2.16: Glycosidation reaction in (+)-semperoside A synthesis The glycosidation reaction was followed by deprotection of the SEM protecting

group to afford alcohol 2.40 (Scheme 2.17). After that, intramolecular addition of the

primary alcohol of 2.40 to the enol ether was promoted using mercury trifluoroacetate to

generate organomercurial intermediate 2.41. Reduction of intermediate 2.41 with sodium

borohydride gives product 2.42 in 50% yield over two steps. Final deprotection of the

benzyl groups of 2.42 yields (+)-semperoside A (2.35) in 95% yield.

OHO

OBnOBnOBn

BnO

H

2.40Me

O

O

O

Hg(OCOCF3)2O

OOBn

OBnOBn

BnOH

H

2.41Me

OO

OHg

O

OOBn

OBnOBn

BnOH

HMe

OO

OH

2.42

Pd/C H2

95%O

OOH

OHOH

HOH

HMe

OO

OH

2.35

NaBH4

50%

Scheme 2.17: Mercury-mediated cyclization in (+)-semperoside A synthesis 2.3.4 Enantioselective Total Synthesis of (-)-Brasoside and (-)-Littoralisone

In 2005 MacMillan reported the enantioselective total synthesis of the iridoid

natural products (-)-brasoside 2.43 and (-)-littoralisone 2.44 from a common intermediate

Page 96: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

75

(Scheme 2.18).15 In this elegant work (-)-brasoside (2.43) is accessed in 13 steps from (-

)-citronellol (2.45), and (-)-littoralisone (2.44) is accessed in 13 steps and 13% overall

yield. The key step in this synthetic approach was an organocatalytic Michael reaction.

O

O OOH

OHOH

HO

H

H

2.43

(-)-Brasoside

Me

OO

O

O OOH

OHOH

O

H

H

2.44

(-)-Littoralisone

Me

OO

O

HH

OH

OH

2.45

Me

Scheme 2.18: Synthesis of (-)-Brasoside and (-)-littoralisone The synthesis starts with conversion of (-)-citronellol 2.45 to the key Michael

addition substrate enal-aldehyde 2.46 in 6 synthetic operations (Scheme 2.19). Enal-

aldehyde 2.46 was then treated with a catalytic amount of L-proline, and under optimized

conditions, a 91% yield of the desired Michael addition products 2.47 and 2.48 were

formed in 91% yield in a 10:1 ratio. Product 2.47 could also be acylated in situ to form

acetate 2.49 in an overall 83% yield from enal-aldehyde 2.46.

OH

2.45

Me

6 StepsO

2.46

Me

TBDPSOO L-Proline (cat.)

Me

TBDPSO

O

H

HOH

O

Me

TBDPSOO

91 %

10:12.47:2.48

H

H

2.47 2.48

O

2.46

Me

TBDPSOO L-Proline (cat.)

then Acylation

Me

TBDPSO

O

H

HOAc83 %

2.49

Page 97: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

76

Scheme 2.19: Proline-catalyzed Michael addition After synthesis of the core iridoid skeleton, acetate 2.49 was converted to lactone

2.50 in 4 steps (Scheme 2.20). Compound 2.50 was then glycosidated according to the

method of Tietze,14 using β-TMS-glucopyranoside 2.25. Subsequent hydrolysis of the

acetate protecting groups yielded (-)-brasoside (2.43) in 82% yield.

Me

TBDPSO

O

H

HOAc

2.49

O

OAc

H

HMe

OO

4 steps

O

O OOH

OHOH

HO

H

HMe

OO

1. TMSOTf (cat.)2. MeOH, Et3N

82%

OOAc

OAcOAc

AcOTMSO

2.50 2.25 2.43

Scheme 2.20: Final stages of (-)-brasoside Synthesis Lactone 2.50 could also be converted to (-)-litoralisone (2.44) in two steps

(Scheme 2.21). Glycosidation of lactone 2.50 using differentially protected β-TMS-

glucopyranose 2.51 afforded glycoside 2.52 in 74% yield. Finally, treatment of

compound 2.52 with UV light affected a [2+2] cycloaddition that created the cyclobutane

functionality of (-)-litoralisone (2.44). This was followed by in situ deprotection to

produce the natural product 2.44 in 84% yield.

Page 98: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

77

O

O OOH

OHOH

O

H

H

2.44

Me

OO

O

HH

OH

O

O OOBn

OBnOBn

O

H

HMe

OO

O

BnO

OOBn

OBnOBn

ROTMSO

R = p-benzyloxy-cinnamyl

TMSOTf (cat.)O

OAc

H

HMe

OO

74%

hυH2, Pd/C

2.50 2.52

84%

2.51

Scheme 2.21: Final stages of (-)-littoralisone Synthesis

2.4 Conclusions

Although there has been extensive work in the total synthesis of iridoid natural

products, limitations still remain. Several methods have been developed for the synthesis

of the iridoid carbon skeletons. However, methods for the glycosidation of iridoids are

still limited. Currently there is only one method that gives the desired iridoid β-

glycosides in acceptable yields. Future work in this area will hopefully address this

problem, and provide more concise enantioselective routes towards the iridoids

glycosides.

2.5 References

Page 99: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

78

1 For structural reviews on iridoids see: (a) El-Naggar, L. J.; Beal, J. L. J. Nat. Prod. 1980, 43, 649. (b) Boros, C. A.; Stermitz, F. R. J. Nat. Prod. 1990, 53, 1055. (c) Dinda, B.; Debnath, S.; Harigaya, Y. Chem. Pharm. Bull. 2007, 55, 159. (d) Dinda, B.; Debnath, S.; Harigaya, Y. Chem. Pharm. Bull. 2007, 55, 689. 2 Franzyk, H. Prog. Chem. Org. Nat. Prod. 2000, 79, 1.

3 For reviews on iridoid biological activity see: (a) Buzogany, K.; Cucu, V. Farmacia 1983, 31, 129. (b) Tietze, L.-F. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1983, 22, 829. (c) Ghisalberti, E. L. Phytomedicine 1998, 5, 147. (d) Tundis, R.; Loizzo, M. R.; Menichini, F.; Statti, G. A.; Menichini, F. Mini-Rev. Med. Chem. 2008, 8, 399. 4 For reviews on iridoid synthesis see: (a) Bianco, A. Stud. Nat. Prod. Chem. 1990, 7, 439. (b) Bianco, A. Pure Appl. Chem. 1994, 66, 2335. (c) Isoe, S. Stud. Nat. Prod. Chem. 1995, 16, 289. (d) Nangia, A.; Prasuna, G.; Rao, P. B. Tetrahedron, 1997, 53, 14507. 5 Tietze, L.-F. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1983, 22, 828.

6 (a) Tietze, L.-F.; Niemeyer, U.; Marx, P. Tetrahedron Lett. 1977, 39, 3441. (b) Tietze, L.-F.; Niemeyer, U. Chem. Ber. 1978, 111, 2423. 7 Tietze, L.-F.; Marx, P. Chem. Ber. 1978, 111, 2441.

8 Merz, K. W.; Lehmann, H. Arch. Pharm. 1957, 290, 543.

9 Partridge, J. J.; Chadha, N. K.; Uskoković, M. R. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1973, 95, 532.

10 Halpern, O.; Schmid, H. Helv. Chem. Acta. 1958, 41, 1109.

11 (a) Büchi, G.; Carlson, J. A.; Powell, J. E.; Tietze, L.-F. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1970, 92, 2165. (b) Büchi, G.; Carlson, J. A.; Powell, J. E.; Tietze, L.-F. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1973, 95, 540. 12 Georg, A. Helv. Chim. Acta, 1932, 15, 924. 13 (a) Tietze, L.-F.; Fischer, R. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1981, 20, 969. (b) Tietze, L.-F.; Fischer, R. Angew. Chem. 1981, 93, 1002. 14 Tietze, L.-F., Fischer, R. F.; Remberg, G. Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1987, 971.

Page 100: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

79

15 Mangion, I. K.; MacMillan, D. W. C.; J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2005, 127, 3639.

16 (a) L.-F. Tietze, Angew. Chem. 1973, 85, 763. (b) L.-F. Tietze, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1973, 12, 757. (c) Tietze, L.-F. Chem. Ber. 1974, 107, 2499. 17 Battersby, A. R.; Hall, E. S.; Southgate, R. J. Chem. Soc. C, 1969, 721.

18 Piccinini, P.; Vidari, G.; Zanoni, G. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2004, 126, 5088.

19 Zanoni, G.; Agnelli, F.; Meriggi, A.; Vidari, G. Tetrahedron Asymmetry: 2001, 12,

1779.

Page 101: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

80

Chapter 3 Intramolecular Approach to (+)-Geniposide

3.1 Intramolecular Cycloaddition Retrosynthetic Analysis

In the course of a program dedicated to the development of new methods for

phosphine catalyzed C-C bond formations, we had previously investigated1 new

applications of Lu�s phosphine catalyzed [3+2] dipolar cycloaddition reaction of electron

deficient allenoates and alkynoates with alkenes.2 During the course of these studies, we

recognized that the general carbon skeleton of the iridoid natural products could be

accessed efficiently using this methodology. In order to showcase the utility of this

strategy for iridoid synthesis, we decided to apply it to the synthesis of the iridoid

glycoside (+)-geniposide (3.1) (Scheme 1).3 (+)-Geniposide (3.1) embodies the common

structural features of several iridoid glycosides making the synthesis relevant to a broad

range of iridoid natural products. In addition, the molecule displays antitumor4 and anti-

inflammatory5 activity and its aglycone, genipin, has recently garnered attention as an

effective treatment for type II diabetes.6

Retrosynthetic analysis of (+)-geniposide (3.1) started with disconnection of the

β-glycoside to leave behind the core 6-5 cis-fused cyclopentapyran skeleton 3.2 (Scheme

3.1). It was envisioned that the core skeleton of 3.2 could be accessed efficiently via an

intramolecular phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition. This cycloaddition could be

conducted on a substrate of type 3.3 in which a latent 1,3 dipole, or electron deficient

alkyne, is tethered to an appropriately oxygenated dipolarophile. We anticipated that

activation of alkyne 3.3 by a catalytic amount of a trialkylphosphine would give rise to

Page 102: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

81

dipole 3.4, which could react with the appended alkene dipolarophile to provide

cycloadduct 3.5. Initial studies towards the realization of this synthetic route focused on

the design and synthesis of [3+2] cycloaddition substrates of type 3.3.

O

RO2C OR

[3+2]

O

O

CO2Me

HO OOH

OHOH

HO

H

H

H

H

PR3

3.1

3.5 3.4 3.3

O

RO2C OR

H

H

3.2

CO2Me

O

ORO2CRO2C

OR3P

O

Scheme 3.1: First generation retrosynthetic analysis of (+)-geniposide

3.2 Coumalate Intramolecular Cycloaddition Substrate

The first goal in our synthesis was to design a substrate for our key phosphine-

catalyzed intramolecular [3+2] cycloaddition. The first substrate proposed was

coumalate derived substrate 3.6 (Scheme 3.2). This substrate was chosen because

successful [3+2] cycloaddition of 3.6 gives rapid access to the carbon skeleton of (+)-

geniposide in formation of cycloadduct 3.7.

O

O

OO

MeO2CO

O

OO

MeO2C

[3+2]

O

O

CO2Me

HO OOH

OHOH

HO

H

H

3.13.6 3.7

Scheme 3.2: Coumalate intramolecular cycloaddition substrate

Page 103: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

82

3.2.1 Coumalate Intramolecular Cycloaddition Synthesis

Synthesis of cycloaddition substrate 3.6 began with THP-protection of propargyl

alcohol (3.8) using 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran and TsOH to afford alkyne 3.9 in 86% yield

(Scheme 3.3).7 Alkyne 3.9 was then deprotonated with MeLi, and the resulting acetylide

anion was trapped with methyl chloroformate to produce ynoate 3.10 in 41% yield.8,9

Deprotection of ynoate 3.10 to desired alcohol 3.11 was realized in 82% yield using

TsOH in methanol.10

OH OTHPOTHP

MeO2C

DHP, TsOHDCM

1. MeLi, THF2. ClCO2Me

-78 °C

41%

25 °C

86%

OH

MeO2C

TsOH, MeOH

25 °C

82%

3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11

Scheme 3.3: Synthesis of coumalate cycloaddition substrate alcohol

After having synthesized alcohol 3.11, commercially available coumalic acid

(3.12) was converted into acid chloride 3.13 in 57% yield using PCl5 (Scheme 3.4).11

The acid chloride was then acylated with alcohol 3.11 to give substrate 3.6 in 52% yield.

O

O

OO

MeO2CO

O

OHO

O

O

OCl

PCl5, Et2O

50 °C

57%

Et3N, DCM

0 °C

52%

HOCO2Me

3.12 3.13

3.11

3.6

Scheme 3.4: Synthesis of coumalate cycloaddition substrate 3.2.2 Attempted Coumalate Intramolecular Cycloaddition

With the desired intramolecular substrate 3.6 in hand, the key phosphine

catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition reaction was attempted. Unfortunately, when the standard

Page 104: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

83

conditions12 for this reaction were used, none of the desired cycloadduct 3.7 could be

isolated from the reaction (

Table 3.1, entry 1). Further attempts at changing various reaction parameters to favor

formation of the desired product 3.7 were unsuccessful (entries 2-6). One possible reason

that this substrate failed to undergo cycloaddition because the alkene of 3.6 was not

sufficiently electrophilic. This proposal is substantiated by the fact that in previous

intramolecular phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition reactions, enones participate

readily in the reaction, whereas less reactive enoates do not.1a This realization, coupled

with the failure of substrate 3.6 to undergo cycloaddition, compelled us to design a new,

more reactive cycloaddition substrate for our synthesis.

O

O

OO

MeO2CO

O

O

O

MeO2C

PR3Sealed Tube

3.6 3.7

Entry Phosphine Solvent Temp (°C) Conc. (M) Time (h) Yield 1 PBu3 EtOAc 110 0.1 24 - 2 PBu3 Toluene 110 0.1 48 - 3 PBu3 EtOAc 110 0.01 48 - 4 PBu3 EtOAc 50 0.1 48 - 5 PBu3 EtOAc 25 0.1 48 - 6 PPh3 EtOAc 110 0.1 48 - 7 PCy3 EtOAc 110 0.1 48 -

Table 3.1: Coumalate intramolecular cycloaddition reaction

Page 105: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

84

3.3 Pyranone Intramolecular Cycloaddition Substrate

3.3.1 Design of 1st Generation Pyranone Intramolecular Cycloaddition Substrate

Since coumalate derived substrate 3.6 did not undergo cycloaddition due to a lack

of reactivity, a new more reactive substrate was sought. This search led to the proposal

of substrate 3.14, in which a pyranone based ring system is tethered through an acetal

linkage to an electron deficient alkyne (Scheme 3.5). Substrate 3.14 should be more

reactive than the previous substrate 3.6 towards cycloaddition since its dipolarophile is

doubly activated by both the adjacent electron withdrawing ketone at C-1, and the

electron withdrawing acetal at C-4. Furthermore, it was thought that substrate 3.14

would be superior to the coumalate derived substrate 3.6 since its cycloaddition product

3.15 maps on to the carbon skeleton of (+)-geniposide (3.1) more directly.

4 O

1

O

O

O

Me O

O

OO

[3+2]

O

O

CO2Me

HO OOH

OHOH

HO

H

H

3.13.14 3.15

Scheme 3.5: Design of 1st generation pyranone intramolecular cycloaddition substrate 3.3.2 Synthesis of 1st Generation Pyranone Intramolecular Cycloaddition Substrate

The synthesis of substrate 3.14 was accomplished in 2 steps from commercially

available furfuryl alcohol (3.16) (Scheme 3.6). The first step was oxidation of furfuryl

alcohol (3.16) to lactol 3.17 in 78% yield using m-CPMA.13 Lactol 3.17 was then

Page 106: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

85

coupled with commercially available 2-butynoic acid (3.18) to give the cycloadduct

substrate 3.14 in 52% yield.

OOH

m-CPBA, DCM

25 °C

78%

O

O

OH

DCC, DMAP, DCM0 °C

52%

HO2C Me

O

O

O

O

Me

3.18

3.16 3.17 3.14

Scheme 3.6: Synthesis of 1st generation pyranone intramolecular cycloaddition substrate 3.3.3 1st Generation Pyranone Intramolecular Cycloaddition

With cycloaddition substrate 3.14 in hand, the phosphine-catalyzed [3+2]-

cycloaddition was attempted using the previously developed reaction conditions1a (Table

3.2, entry 1). Unfortunately, none of the desired cycloadduct 3.15 could be isolated from

the reaction. Variation of the reaction time and phosphine catalyst was also unsuccessful

(entries 2-4). The failure of this reaction was surprising since a highly activated

dipolarophile was being used. However, one potential problem with substrate 3.14 is that

the sp2-hybridized ester tether is conformationaly restricted, and therefore may not be

flexible enough to allow the latent 1,3-dipole to interact effectively with the alkene of

3.14. This potential problem led us to propose a second generation pyranone

cycloaddition substrate with a more flexible tether.

Page 107: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

86

O

O

O

O

MeO

O

OO

Sealed Tube

110 ºC

EtOAc

3.14 3.15

Entry Phosphine Time (h) Yield 1 PBu3 24 - 2 PBu3 48 - 3 PPh3 48 - 4 PCy3 48 -

Table 3.2: 1st generation pyranone intramolecular cycloaddition 3.3.4 Design of 2nd Generation Pyranone Intramolecular Cycloaddition Substrate

The second generation pyranone intramolecular cycloaddition substrate 3.19,

incorporated a less conformationally restricted ether tether (Scheme 3.7). It was hoped

that this more flexible tether would allow the latent 1,3 to dipole interact effectively with

the alkene of 3.19. Successful cycloaddition of 3.19 would give rise to adduct 3.20,

which corresponds well to the carbon skeleton of (+)-geniposide (3.1).

[3+2]

O

O

CO2Me

HO OOH

OHOH

HO

H

H

3.13.19 3.20

O

O

O

MeO2C

O

O

O

MeO2C

Scheme 3.7: Design of 2nd generation pyranone intramolecular cycloaddition substrate 3.3.5 Synthesis of 2nd Generation Pyranone Intramolecular Cycloaddition Substrate

Synthesis of substrate 3.19 began with THP protection of 3-butyn-1-ol (3.21) in

75% yield to give alkyne 3.22 (Scheme 3.8).14 Alkyne 3.22 was then deprotonated with

nBuLi at -78 °C, and the resulting acetylide anion was trapped with methyl chloroformate

Page 108: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

87

to give ynoate 3.23 in 93% yield.15 The THP group of 3.23 was then removed using

TsOH in methanol to furnish alcohol 3.24 in 86% yield.16

CO2Me

OTHPOH

DHP, TsOHDCM

25° C

75%OTHP

1. n-BuLi, THF2. ClCO2Me

-78° C

93%

TsOH, MeOH

25° C

86%

CO2Me

OH

(3.21) 3.22 3.23 3.24

Scheme 3.8: Synthesis of 2nd generation pyranone intramolecular cycloaddition alcohol

The pyranone substructure of cycloaddition substrate 3.19 was accessed from

furfuryl alcohol (3.16) (Scheme 3.9). Oxidation of furfuryl alcohol (3.16) using NBS and

water was followed by in situ acylation of the oxidized product with acetic anhydride to

furnish allylic acetate 3.25 in 53% yield.17 Allyic acetate 3.25 was then transformed to

the desired substrate 3.19 in 88% yield through a palladium-catalyzed allylic alkylation

reaction with alcohol 3.24.

OOH NBS, THF/H2O 4:1

Ac2O, NaHCO3

0 to 25 °C

53%

O

O

OAc

Pd2dba3.CHCl3PPh3, DCM

0 °C

88%

O

O

O

MeO2C

MeO2C

HO

3.16 3.25 3.19

3.24

Scheme 3.9: Synthesis of 2nd generation pyranone intramolecular cycloaddition substrate 3.3.6 Cycloaddition of 2nd Generation Pyranone Intramolecular Substrate

After having synthesized 3.19 the key [3+2] cycloaddition was attempted using

10 mol% of PBu3 in toluene at reflux (Table 3.3, entry 1). Gratifyingly, we were able to

isolate the desired cycloadduct 3.20 in 54% yield with ≥95:5 dr. TLC analysis during the

course of the reaction indicated that some type of polymerization was occuring. In an

Page 109: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

88

attempt to inhibit this unfavorable side reaction, the phosphine catalyst loading was

lowered to 2.5 mol% (entry 2). Unfortunately, a virtually identical yield was obtained.

However, when the solvent concentration was lowered to 0.05 M (entry 3) an excellent

82% yield of 3.20 was obtained.

O

O

O

MeO2C

O

O

O

MeO2C

PBu3, PhMe

110 °C

3.19 3.20

Entry Mole % Conc. (M) Time (h) % Yield 1 10 0.1 1 54 2 2.5 0.1 1 55 3 2.5 0.05 1 82

Table 3.3: 1st generation pyranone intramolecular cycloaddition 3.3.7 Stereochemical Determination of Cycloaddition Product

In order to determine the stereochemistry at the bridgehead positions, (C-2, C-6,

C-9, C-11), a crystal structure of 3.20 was obtained (Figure 3.1). The crystal structure

revealed that the hydrogens at these bridgehead positions were all syn to one another.

O

O

O

MeO2C

2

116

9

H

H

3.20

Figure 3.1: Single crystal X-ray diffraction analysis of cycloadduct 3.20

Page 110: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

89

3.3.8 Transition State Model for Intramolecular [3+2] Cycloaddition

A transition state model was proposed in order to account for the high levels of

diastereoselectivity in the [3+2] cycloaddition reaction (Figure 3.2). This model was

based on two premises. First, the acetal tether of 3.19 should direct the 1,3-dipole to a

single diastereotopic face of the alkene. Consequently, if the acetal tether is pointed

downward, as is depicted in cis-3.26 and trans-3.26, the dipole will be forced to react

with the bottom diastereotopic face of the alkene. The second premise was that the

reaction should proceed through an exo transition state, (see both cis-3.26 and trans-

3.26), where the 1,3-dipole is pointing out of the plane of the page, and away from the

pyranone ring system. An endo transition state should be disfavored since it would place

the bulky PBu3 directly underneath the pyranone ring system, causing an unfavorable

steric interaction. These two premises leave two possible transition state models, (cis-

3.26 and trans-3.26), that differ only in the geometry about the 1,3-dipole. The geometry

at the 1,3-dipole is important because it dictates the stereochemistry at position C-9 of the

product 3.20. Stereochemical model cis-3.26 has a cis-1,3-dipole, where the carbon

tether is on the same face of the 1,3-dipole as PBu3. In stereochemical model trans-3.26,

the carbon tether and PBu3 groups are on opposite faces of the 1,3-dipole. Transition

state model trans-3.26 gives rise to the observed product β-3.20. It is assumed that

transition state trans-3.26 is favored because it does not suffer from the steric interaction

between the carbon tether and the PBu3 that is present in cis-3.26. Furthermore, product

α-3.20 may be disfavored due to the strain present in the trans-fused five-membered ring.

Page 111: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

90

O9

MeO2C O

O

O

O

O

MeO2C

O9

MeO2C O

OHH

[3+2]

OO

MeO2CPBu3

O

H

OO

MeO2CPBu3

HO

H H

cis- Dipole trans-Dipole

Observed Product

Favored Transition State

H

H

H

H

3.19 α−3.20 β−3.20

cis-3.26 trans-3.26

Figure 3.2: Transition state model for intramolecular [3+2] cycloaddition

3.4 Elaboration Of Cycloaddition Product to (+)-Geniposide

3.4.1 Retrosynthetic Analysis for Intramolecular [3+2] Cycloadduct

After completion of the key [3+2] cycloaddition, retrosynthetic analysis was done

to determine what steps were required to convert cycloaddition product 3.20 into (+)-

geniposide (3.1). It was concluded that four main synthetic challenges needed to be

addressed (Scheme 3.10). First, the 5-membered ring of the acetal of cycloadduct 3.20

had to be opened with some type of oxygenated nucleophile to produce alcohol 3.27.

Second, the alkene of 3.27 must be isomerized out of conjugation with the methyl ester to

produce allylic alcohol 3.28. Third, the C-C bond of methyl ester 3.28 needed to be

cleaved to produce 3.29. Finally, the α,β unsaturated methyl ester of (+)-geniposide (3.1)

needed to be installed upon ketone 3.29.

Page 112: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

91

O

O

C-C Bond Formation

ORHO

H

HO

O

CO2Me

HO OOH

OHOH

HO

H

H

3.1 3.29

O

MeO2C O

O

Alkene Isomerization

Acetal Opening

O

MeO2C O

ORHO

H

H

H

H

3.27 3.20

O

MeO2C O

C-C Bond Cleavage

ORHO

H

H

3.28

Scheme 3.10: Retrosynthetic analysis for intramolecular [3+2] cycloaddition product 3.4.1 Acetal Opening

The first of these four main tasks that was undertaken was the acetal opening. To

setup this transformation, ketone 3.20 was reduced using sodium borohydride to form

alcohol 3.30 in 80% yield and in ≥10:1 dr (Scheme 3.11). Alcohol 3.30 was then treated

with TsOH and methanol in an attempt to open the five membered ring of the acetal and

gain access to methyl acetal 3.32. Surprisingly, when this reaction was conducted, an

undesired product, lactone 3.33, was isolated in 73% yield in what appeared to be a single

diastereomers by HNMR. Lactone 3.33 is thought to arise from opening of the 6-

membered ring of the acetal of 3.30 to give intermediate 3.34, which then undergoes

spontaneous lactonization to give lactone 3.33.

Page 113: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

92

O

MeO2C O

O

NaBH4, MeOH

O

MeO2C

O

OH

0 °C

85%

TsOH, MeOH

O

MeO2C OH

OMeHO

0 °C

73%TsOH, MeOH0 °C

H

H

H

H

H

H

OHOH

O

H

H

MeO2C

OMe

3.20 3.30 3.32

3.34

OHO

O

H

H

O

OMe

3.33

Scheme 3.11: Acetal opening to incorrect regioisomer 3.4.2 Alkene Isomerization to Direct Regiochemistry in Acetal Opening

It was anticipated that the regiochemical problem in the acetal opening of 3.30

could be overcome by isomerizing the alkene of 3.30 (Scheme 3.12) prior to conducting

the acetal opening. Isomerization of alkene 3.30 to the more strained alkene 3.35 should

bring strain into the 5-membered acetal ring of 3.35. Hopefully when the acetal opening

of 3.35 was attempted, the 5-membered ring would open preferentially to relieve this

strain, and produce the desire product 3.36. Precedent for this transformation, is found in

the known conversion of acetal 3.37 to allylic alcohol 3.38 upon treatment with m-CPBA

in methanol.18

Page 114: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

93

O

O

OHMeO2C

Strained Alkene

AlkeneIsomerization

O

MeO2C OH

O

O

O

OH OHHO

O

OAc OAcAcO

AcO OMe

1. m-CPBA, MeOH2. Ac2O, Pyridine

25 °C

34% 2 steps

H

H

H

H

H

H

H

H

O

MeO2C OH

OMeHO

H

H

H+MeOH

3.30 3.35 3.36

3.37 3.38

Scheme 3.12: Alkene isomerization to prepare for acetal opening 3.4.2 Alkene Isomerization via Diol Elimination

It was proposed that the alkene isomerization could be accomplished in a two step

procedure involving 1) oxidation of alkene 3.30 to diol 3.39, and 2) elimination of the

secondary alcohol with the β-H of 3.39 to produce alkene 3.40 (Scheme 3.13). To this

end, alkene 3.30 was dihydroxylated using a catalytic amount of osmium tetroxide.

Dihydroxylation was followed by spontaneous lactonization to furnish lactone-diol 3.39

in 58% yield. Next, elimination of the secondary alcohol of 3.39 to produce allylic

alcohol 3.40 was attempted using Tf2O and N-methyl-imidazole at 100 °C.19

Unfortunately, this method did not give any of the desired product. Additional attempts

were made to convert the secondary alcohol of diol 3.39 into a leaving group, which upon

a base-mediated elimination would produce 3.40, but these efforts were also fruitless.

These E2-type elimination reactions usually proceed through an anti-periplanar transition

state. However, the syn relationship between the secondary alcohol of and β-H of diol

3.39 requires a less favorable syn-periplanar transistion state for the elimination to occur.

Page 115: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

94

It was reasoned that the elimination failed due to these stereochemical issues, and a

different method for alkene isomerization was sought.

O

H

H

MeO2C

O

OH

58%

OsO4, NMMOAcetone, H2O

O

H

HO

HO

HO

OO

Tf2O, NMI

100° C O

H

HO

HO OO

3.30 3.39 3.40

Scheme 3.13: Alkene isomerization via dihydroxylation/elimination sequence 3.4.3 Alkene Isomerization via Base Mediated Epoxide Opening

The next strategy for accomplishing the isomerization of alkene 3.30 to the

desired substrate 3.40 involved epoxidation of alkene 3.30 with methy(trifluoromethyl)-

dioxirane (Scheme 3.14).20 The epoxidation was accompanied with spontaneous

lactonization to afford epoxy-lactone 3.41 in 53% yield. A base mediated epoxide

opening was then attempted on 3.41 in hopes of accessing allylic alcohol 3.40. It was

believed that this elimination would be more facile than the previously discussed

elimination of 3.39, since base mediated epoxide eliminations are known to proceed

through a transition state where the β-hydrogen and the epoxide are syn to one another.21

However, when the elimination was attempted using base, none of the desired allylic

alcohol 3.40 could be isolated.

O

MeO2C

O

OH Trifluoroacetone,Oxone, EDTACH3CN, H2O

O

O

OO

O

0 °C

53%

Base

O

O

OO

HO

H

H

H

H

H

H

3.30 3.41 3.40

Scheme 3.14: Alkene isomerization via base-mediated epoxide elimination

Page 116: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

95

One last effort was made to access the desired isomerized product 3.40 from

epoxide 3.41. The epoxide 3.41 was opened, using an equimolar mixture of titanium

tetrachloride and titanium isopropoxide, to produce chlorohydrin 3.42 in 84% yield

(Scheme 3.15). It was then proposed that a simple E2 elimination of the chloride and the

β-H of 3.42 would give the desired allylic alcohol 3.40. Unfortunately the product 3.40

could not be isolate from these reaction.

O

O

OO

OTiCl4, Ti(OiPr)4

DCM

0 °C

84%

O

O

OO

HO

Cl O

O

OO

HOBase

H

H

H

H

H

H

3.41 3.42 3.40

Scheme 3.15: Alkene isomerization via halohydrin 3.4.4 Proposal of New Synthetic Route to (+)-Geniposide

After encountering serious difficulties in the acetal opening and alkene

isomerization of substrate 3.30, it was concluded that this synthetic route needed to be

abandoned. Although interesting chemistry had been developed, this route did not prove

to be effective for accessing the iridoid natural product (+)-geniposide (3.1). Future

synthetic studies focused on the development of a route to (+)-geniposide (3.1) through

an inter-molecular phophine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition.

Page 117: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

96

3.5 Experimental Procedures

General Procedures

All reactions were run under an atmosphere of argon under anhydrous conditions unless

otherwise indicated. Dichloromethane (DCM) was distilled from calcium hydride.

Tetrahydrofuran (THF) and ethyl ether (Et2O) were both distilled from sodium and

benzoquinone. Triethylamine (Et3N) was distilled from calcium hydride. All other

commercial reagents were used directly without further purification. Analytical thin-

layer chromatography (TLC) was carried out using 0.2-mm commercial silica gel plates

(DC-Fertigplatten Kieselgel 60 F254). Visualization of the chromatograms was

accomplished using UV light and vanillin, anisaldehyde, or permanganate stain with

heating. Solvents for chromatography are listed as volume:volume ratios. Preparative

column chromatography using silica gel was performed according to the method of

Still.22 Infrared spectra were recorded on a Nicolet 380 FTIR. High-resolution mass

spectra (HRMS) were obtained on a Waters Micromass Autospec or a Varian FTICR as

m/z (relative intensity). Accurate masses are reported for the molecular ion (M+1, M or

M-1) or a suitable fragment ion. Melting points were obtained on a Thomas-Hoover

Unimelt apparatus. Nuclear magnetic resonance spectra (1H NMR and 13C NMR) were

recorded with a Varian (400 MHz or 300 MHz) spectrometer as indicated and reported in

delta (δ) units, parts per million (ppm) referenced to the residual solvent signal as an

internal standards. Coupling constants are reported in hertz (Hz).

Page 118: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

97

O

O

OO

MeO2C

6-Oxo-6H-pyran-3-carboxylic acid 3-methoxycarbonyl-prop-2-ynyl ester (3.6)

A flame-dried argon flushed flask was charged with γ-hydroxy-butynoate 3.11 (200 mg,

1.75 mmol), Et2O (5.8 mL, 0.3 M), and triethylamine (0.367 mL, 2.63 mmol, 150 mol%).

The solution was cooled to 0 ºC and a solution of acid chloride 3.13 (416 mg, 2.63 mmol,

150 mol%) in Et2O (2.9 mL, 0.6M) was added. The reaction was stirred and allowed to

warm to ambient temperature over 1 h. The reaction was then diluted with Et2O and

quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of NH4Cl. The organic layer was separated

and washed with saturated solutions of NaHCO3, water, and brine. The combined

organic layers were then dried over Na2SO4, concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash

column chromatography, (SiO2, 5:3 hexanes:EtOAc), to furnish the title compound as a

white solid (216 mg, 52%).

1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.36 (dd, J = 2.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.7 Hz,

1H), 6.37 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 5.00 (s, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H). 13C NMR: (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ 161.9, 159.2, 158.9, 152.9, 141.1, 115.3, 110.9, 80.1,

78.2, 52.9, 52.0.

HRMS: Calcd. for C11H9O6 (M+1) 237.0399, Found: 237.0397.

FTIR: (neat): 3091, 2250, 1765, 1713, 1431, 1255, 1242, 1165, 1076, 962, 939, 843,

780, 770, 748 cm-1.

MP: 65-66 ºC

Page 119: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

98

OTHP

2-Pro-2-ynyloxy-tetrahydro-pyran (3.9)

A flame-dried argon flushed flask was charged with propargyl alcohol (3.8) (10.6 mL,

178.4 mmol), DCM (60 mL, 3M), and p-toluenesulfonic acid (613 mg, 3.6 mmol, 2

mol%). The solution was cooled to 0 ºC and 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran (17.9 mL, 196.2

mmol, 110 mol%) was added dropwise to the solution and the reaction was allowed to

warm to ambient temperature over 3 h. The reaction was diluted with DCM and washed

with a saturated solution of NaHCO3, water, and brine. The combined organic layers

were dried over Na2SO4, concentrated in vacuo, and purified by flash column

chromatography, (SiO2, 30:1 hexanes:EtOAc), to furnish the title compound as a clear oil

(21.45 g, 86%). The spectral data for this compound has been previously reported.7

CO2Me

OTHP

4-(Tetrahydro-pyran-2-yloxy)-but-2-ynoic acid methyl ester (3.10)

A flame-dried argon flushed flask was charged with alkyne 3.9 (10g, 71.3 mmol) and

THF (240 mL, 0.3 M). The solution was cooled to -78 ºC and 1.6 M MeLi in Et2O (49.1

mL, 78.5 mmol, 110 mol%) was added dropwise as the reaction turned black. The

reaction was stirred at -78 ºC for 1h and then warmed to -20 ºC for 1h. Methyl

chloroformate (6.6 mL, 85.6 mmol, 120 mol%) was added dropwise and the reaction was

stirred at -20 ºC for an additional 1 h and then warmed to ambient temperature for 2 h.

The reaction mixture was poured into a saturated solution of aqueous NaHCO3. This

solution was extracted with Et2O and the combined organic layers were then washed with

water. The organic solution was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated in vacuo, and purified

by flash column chromatography (SiO2, 9:1 hexanes:EtOAc) to yield the product as clear

Page 120: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

99

light yellow oil (5.84 g, 41%). The spectral data for this compound has been previously

reported.9

CO2Me

OH

4-Hydroxy-but-2-ynoic acid methyl ester (3.11)

A flask was charged with alkyne 3.10 (4.43 g, 22.4 mmol) and MeOH (112 mL, 0.2M),

and then cooled to 0 ºC. p-Toluenesulfonic acid (425 mg, 2.24 mmol, 10 mol%) was

added and the reaction was allowed to slowly warm to ambient temperature over 19 h.

The reaction was quenched with triethylamine (0.623 mL, 4.47 mmol, 20 mol%),

concentrated in vacuo, and purified by flash column chromatography, (SiO2, 1:1

hexanes:EtOAc), to furnish the title compound as a clear light yellow oil (2.10g, 82%).

The spectral data for this compound has been previously reported.23

O

O

OCl

6-Oxo-6H-pyran-3-carbonyl chloride (3.13)

A flame-dried argon flushed flask was charged with coumalic acid (3.12), (500 mg, 3.57

mmol), Et2O (7.1 mL, 0.5M), and PCl5 (1.115 g, 5.36 mmol, 150 mol%). The resulting

suspension was heated to 60 ºC under a reflux condenser until the coumalic acid

dissolved (~ 1 h). The remaining PCl5 was filtered, and the filtrate was diluted with

petroleum ether and cooled to induce crystallization. The resulting precipitate was

isolated by filtration and dried under vacuum to provide light yellow crystals (322 mg,

57%). The spectral data for this compound has been previously reported.24

Page 121: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

100

O

O

O

O

Me

But-2-ynoic acid 5-oxo-5,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-2-yl ester (3.14)

A flame-dried argon flushed flask was charged with 6-hydroxy-6H-pyran-3-one 3.17

(580 mg, 5.08 mmol), tetrolic acid (3.18) (640 mg, 7.62 mmol, 150 mol%), and DCM (51

mL, 0.1 M). The solution was cooled to 0 ºC and 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (62 mg,

0.51 mmol, 10 mol%), and N,N'-Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (2.096 g, 10.16 mmol, 200

mol%) were added to the reaction. The reaction was stirred for 20 minutes at 0 ºC and

then ran through a column of silica gel (Et2O, 0.1% Et3N). The filtrate was concentrated

in vacuo and purified two times by flash column chromatograpy (SiO2 5:1

hexanes/EtOAc 0.1% Et3N) to furnish the title compound as a white solid (476 mg, 52%).

1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.78 (dd, J = 10.3, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 6.25 (d, J = 3.42 Hz,

1H), 6.06 (d, J = 10.3 Hz, 1H), 4.30 (d, J = 17.1 Hz, 1H), 4.03 (d, J = 17.1 Hz 1H), 1.82

(s, 3H). 13C NMR: (100 MHz, CDCl3): δ 192.4, 151.2, 140.9, 128.3, 87.6, 86.9, 70.9, 66.6, 3.0.

HRMS: Calcd. for C9H9O4 (M+1) 181.0501, Found: 181.494.

MP: 62-63 ºC

Page 122: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

101

O

OH

O

6-Hydroxy-6H-pyran-3-one (3.17)

A flame-dried argon flask was charged with furfuryl alcohol (3.16) (10g, 8.810 mL,

101.937 mmol) and DCM (510 mL, 0.2 M). The solution was cooled to 0 ºC and 70-75%

m-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (37.693 g, 152.906 mmol, 150 mol%) was added portion-

wise to the solution. The reaction was allowed to slowly warm to ambient temperature

for 6 h during which solid m-chlorobenzoic acid precipitated from the solution. The

solution was cooled to -78 ºC for 15 minutes and the solid m-chlorobenzoic acid was

filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column

chromatography, (SiO2, 2:1 hexanes:EtOAc 1% acetic acid to 1:1 hexanes:EtOAc 1%

acetic acid), to furnish the title compound as a light yellow solid (9.06 g, 78%). The

spectral data corresponded to that of the previously reported.25

Page 123: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

102

MeO2C

O

O

O

5-(5-Oxo-5,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-2-yloxy)-pent-2-ynoic acid methyl ester (3.19)

A flame-dried argon flushed flask was charged allylic acetate 3.25 (100 mg, 0.640 mmol,

120 mol%), and with δ-hydroxy-butynoate 3.24 (98 mg, 0.768 mmol, 120 mol%), and

DCM (1.3 mL, 0.5M). The solution was cooled to 0 ºC and triphenylphosphine (17 mg,

0.064 mmol, 10 mol%) and Pd2(dba)3.CHCl3 (17 mg, 0.016 mmol, 2.5 mol%) were

added. The reaction was stirred for 0.5 h at 0 ºC. The reaction was diluted with ether,

and quenched with a saturated solution of aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The aqueous

layer was extracted with Et2O and then the combined organic layers were dried over

Na2SO4, concentrated in vacuo, and purified by flash column chromatography (SiO2, 2:1

hexanes:EtOAc) to furnish the title compound as a clear light yellow oil (125 mg, 87%).

1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.83 (dd, J = 10.4, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 6.06 (d, J = 10.4 Hz,

1H), 5.19 (dd, J = 3.3, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (d, J = 16.8 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (dd, J = 16.8, 0.4 Hz,

1H), 3.89 (dt, J = 9.7, 6.5 Hz, 1H) 3.70 (dt, J = 9.7, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 2.61 (t, J =

6.5 Hz, 2H). 13C NMR: (100 MHz, CDCl3): δ 194.1, 153.6, 143.6, 127.7, 93.0, 85.6, 73.6, 66.1, 65.8,

52.5, 20.0.

HRMS: Calcd. for C11H13O5 (M+1) 225.0763, Found: 225.0763.

FTIR: (neat): 2954, 2241, 1705, 1254, 1104, 1078, 1048, 1001, 858, 751 cm-1.

Page 124: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

103

O

OMeO2C

O

H

H

5-Oxo-2a,4a,5,6,7a,7b-hexahydro-2H-1,7-dioxa-cyclopenta[cd]indene-4-carboxylic

acid methyl ester (3.20)

A flame-dried argon flushed flask was charged with ynoate 3.19 (9g, 40.14 mmol) and

undistilled PhMe (803 mL, 0.05 M). The reaction was heated to 110 ºC under a reflux

condenser and freshly distilled tri-n-butylphosphine (0.248 mL, 1.00 mmol, 2.5 mol%)

was added and the reaction was stirred for 2 h. Air was bubbled through the solution to

oxidize the tri-n-butylphosphine and the solution was cooled in an ice bath. The solution

was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column chromatography (2:1:3

hexanes:EtOAc:DCM) to furnish the title compound as a white solid (7.36 g, 82%).

1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.86 (t, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 5.23 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 1H), 4.27

(d, J = 18.4 Hz, 1H), 4.24 (t, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.04 (dd, J = 8.6, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (d, J =

18.4 Hz, 1H), 3.76-3.31 (m, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.29 (dt, J = 8.9, 4.6 Hz, 1H). 13C NMR: (100 MHz, CDCl3): δ 206.9, 163.7, 146.8, 135.0, 101.5, 71.6, 69.9, 54.5, 51.8,

49.6, 48.9.

HRMS: Calcd. for C11H13O5 (M+1) 225.0763, Found: 225.0766.

FTIR: (neat): 2913, 1732, 1699, 1319, 1250, 1197, 1108, 1078, 1018, 945, 931, 755 cm-

1.

MP: 86-87 ºC.

Page 125: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

104

OTHP 2-But-3-ynyloxy-tetrahydro-pyran (3.22)

A flame-dried argon flushed flask was charged with 3-butyn-1-ol (3.21) (15g, 214

mmol), and DCM (1070 mL, 0.2 M). The solution was cooled to 0 ºC and p-

toluenesulfonic acid (369 mg, 2.14 mmol, 1 mol%) was added followed by 3,4-dihydro-

2H-pyran (25.2 mL, 278 mmol, 130 mol%). The reaction was slowly warmed to ambient

temperature for 15 h. The solution was neutralized with solid NaHCO3 (539 mg, 6.42

mmol, 3 mol%) and a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 (375 mL) and stirred for 15

minutes. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, and then dried over

sodium sulfate. The organic solution was then concentrated in vacuo, and purified by

flash column chromatography (SiO2, 19:1 hexanes:EtOAc) to furnish the title compound

as a clear liquid (24.84 g, 75%). The spectral data corresponded to that of the previously

reported material.14

Page 126: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

105

CO2Me

OTHP 5-(Tetrahydro-pyran-2-yloxy)-pent-2-ynoic acid methyl ester (3.23)

A flame-dried argon flushed flask was charged with alkyne 3.22 (1.98 g, 12.87 mmol),

and THF (26 mL, 0.5 M). The solution was cooled to -78 ºC and 2.5 M nBuLi in hexanes

(5.66 mL, 14.15 mmol, 110 mol%) was added drop-wise. The reaction was stirred at -78

ºC for 0.5 h and then methyl chloroformate (1.19 mL, 15.41 mmol, 120 mol%) was

added. The reaction was stirred at -78 º for an additional 1h and then warmed to ambient

temperature over 1 h. The reaction was quenched with a saturated solution of aqueous

ammonium chloride and extracted with Et2O. The combined organic layers were washed

with brine, dried over Na2SO4, concentrated in vacuo, and purified by flash column

chromatography (SiO2, 9:1 hexanes:EtOAc) to furnish the title compound as a yellow oil

(2.55 g, 93%). The spectral data corresponded to that of the previously reported

material.15

CO2Me

OH 5-Hydroxy-pent-2-ynoic acid methyl ester (3.24)

A flame-dried argon flushed flask was charged with 3.23 (2.55 g, 12.01 mmol), and

MeOH (60 mL, 0.2 M). The solution was cooled to 0 ºC and p-toluenesulfonic acid (21

mg, 0.12 mmol, 1 mol%) was added. The reaction was warmed to ambient temperature

over 7 h. The reaction was diluted with Et2O and quenched with a saturated solution of

NaHCO3. The aqueous layer was washed with Et2O 5x and the combined organic layers

were then washed with a small amount of brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The

solution was concentrated in vacuo, and purified by flash column chromatography (SiO2,

2:1 hexanes:EtOAc) to furnish the title compound as a clear oil (1.32 g, 86%). The

spectral data corresponded to that of the previously reported material.16

Page 127: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

106

O

OAc

O

Acetic acid 5-oxo-5,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-2-yl ester (3.25)

A flame-dried argon flushed flask was charged with furfuryl alcohol (3.16) (4.41 mL,

50.97 mmol), and 4:1 solution of THF:H2O (25.45 mL, 2 M). The reaction was cooled to

0 ºC and a finely ground mixture of N-bromosuccinimide (9.98 g, 56.07 mmol, 110

mol%) and NaHCO3 (8.56g, 101.94 mmol, 200 mol%) was added portionwise over 15

minutes. Acetic anhydride (9.62 mL, 101.93 mmol, 200 mol %) was added and the

reaction was slowly warmed to ambient temperature overnight. The reaction was

neutralized with solid NaHCO3 and a saturated solution of aqueous NaHCO3. The

aqueous layer was washed with EtOAc 5x. The combined organic layers were then

washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, concentrated in vacuo, and purified by flash

column chromatography (SiO2, 5:1 hexanes:EtOAc) to furnish the title compound as an

orange oil (4.244 g, 53%). The spectral data corresponded to that of the previously

reported material.17

Page 128: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

107

O

OHMeO2C

O

H

H

5-Hydroxy-2a,4a,5,6,7a,7b-hexahydro-2H-1,7-dioxa-cyclopenta[cd]indene-4-

carboxylic acid methyl ester (3.30)

A flask was charged with cycloadduct 3.19 (100 mg, 0.892 mmol) and MeOH (9.92 mL,

0.1 M). The reaction was cooled to 0 ºC and sodium borohydride (34 mg, 0.892 mmol,

100 mol%) was added to the reaction. The reaction was stirred at 0 ºC for 40 minutes.

The reaction was quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and

extracted with DCM 5x. The combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried

over Na2SO4. The solution was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column

chromatography (5:4 hexanes:EtOAc) to furnish the title compound as a white solid in ≥

10:1 dr (162 mg, 80%).

1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.82 (t, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 5.23 (d, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.57

(d, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.19-4.13 (m, 1H), 3.85 (dd, J = 9.4, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 3.79-3.68 (m, 3H),

3.77 (s, 3H), 3.48-3.41 (m, 2H), 2.99 (dt, J = 9.2, 5.5 Hz, 1H). 13C NMR: (100 MHz, CDCl3): δ 166.2, 146.6, 136.8, 100.8, 67.4, 65.2, 65.1, 52.1, 49.6,

46.5, 42.2.

HRMS: Calcd. for C11H15O5 (M+1) 227.0919, Found: 227.0923.

FTIR: (neat): 3519.0, 2945.8, 1711.0, 1235.1, 1203.1, 1064.0, 1026.1, 1013.7, 952.8,

914.5, 858.5, 760.0.

MP: 73-76 ºC

Page 129: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

108

OHO

O

H

H

O

OMe

3-Hydroxymethyl-4-methoxy-3,3a,3b,4,6,6a-hexahydro-cyclopenta[1,2-c;3,4-

c']difuran-1-one (3.33)

A flame-dried argon flushed flask was charged with 3.30 (100 mg, 0.442 mmol), MeOH

(2.2 mL, 0.2 M), p-toluenesulfonic acid (4 mg, 0.022 mmol, 5 mol%), and stirred

overnight. The reaction was quenched with solid K2CO3 and stirred for 15 minutes. The

solid K2CO3 was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo on to silica gel and

purified by flash column chromatography (SiO2, 2:1 EtOAc:hexanes) to furnish the title

compound as a clear film (74 mg, 73%).

1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.63 (q, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 5.70 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.26

(dd, J = 8.8, 4.3 Hz, 1H), 3.90-3.84 (m, 2H), 3.82 (dd, J = 11.5, 3.7 Hz, 1H), 3.75-3.71

(m, 1H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.57 (ddd, J = 8.9, 5.2, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 3.44-3.38 (m, 2H), 2.35 (br s

1H). 13C NMR: (100 MHz, CDCl3): δ 164.8, 144.3, 137.8, 109.6, 87.3, 70.0, 64.6, 54.2, 51.8,

50.9, 49.6.

HRMS: Calcd. for C11H15O5 (M+1): 227.0919, 227.0921.

FTIR: (CHCl3): 3468, 2950, 2161, 2030, 1979, 1712, 1278, 1195, 1100, 1077, 1052,

1004, 751 cm-1.

Page 130: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

109

O

OH

OH

O

HO

HO

2a,3-Dihydroxy-octahydro-1,5,6-trioxa-cyclopenta[jkl]-as-indacen-2-one (3.39)

A flask was charged with alcohol 3.30 (2.34 g, 10.34 mmol), N-methyl morpholine oxide

(1.82 g, 15.51 mmol, 150 mol%), and 9:1 acetone:H2O (25.9 mL, 0.5 M). Osmium

tetroxide (79 mg, 0.310 mmol, 3 mol%) was added and the reaction was stirred for 3 h at

ambient temperature. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc, and then sodium

metabisulfite (2.95 g, 15.51 mmol, 150 mol%) was added and the reaction was stirred for

15 minutes. The solution was filtered through a pad of silica with isopropanol. The

resulting filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column chromatography

(SiO2, EtOAc). The material was purified by flash column chromatography a second

time (SiO2, 15:1 DCM:IPA) to furnish the title compound as a white solid (1.38 g, 58%).

1H NMR: (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 5.53 (s, 1H), 5.51 (s, 1H), 4.90 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H),

4.45 (d, J = 9.6, 1H), 3.85-3.79 (m, 4H), 3.50 (dd, J = 13.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 3.16 (t, J = 10.4

Hz, 1H), 2.85-2.81 (m, 1H), 2.67-2.61 (m, 1H). 13C NMR: (100 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 176.4, 101.2, 83.8, 78.1, 70.1, 69.8, 64.1, 51.6, 42.9,

39.2.

HRMS: Calcd. for C10H13O6 (M+1): 229.0712, Found: 229.0712.

FTIR: (neat): 3422, 3380, 1770, 1208, 1194, 1116, 1096, 1078, 1054, 1032, 1017, 984,

954, 933, 653 cm-1.

MP: 189-192 ºC (decomp).

Page 131: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

110

O

OH

OH

O

O

Epoxide (3.41)

A flask was charged with alcohol 3.30 (250 mg, 1.105 mmol), acetonitrile (8.5 mL, 0.13

M), and a 1x10-4 M aqueous solution of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid disodium salt

(6.5 mL, 0.17 M). The solution was cooled to 0 ºC and 1,1,1-trifluoroacetone (3.3 mL,

36.47 mmol, 3300 mol%) was added via a pre-cooled syringe. A mixture of Oxone

(1.358 g, 2.21 mmol, 200 mol%) and NaHCO3 (557 mg, 6.63 mmol, 600 mol%) was

added in one portion and the reaction was stirred for 1 h at 0 ºC. Two additional

equivalent portions of Oxone and NaHCO3 were added at hourly intervals for a total of 3

additions after which the reaction was deemed complete by TLC. The resulting

suspension was filtered and washed with DCM. The aqueous filtrate was extracted with

DCM and the combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4.

The organic solutions were concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column

chromatography (SiO2, 3:2 EtOAc:hexanes) to furnish the title compound as clear

crystals (124 mg, 53%).

1H NMR: (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 4.98 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.78 (ddd, J = 9.9, 3.5, 1.3

Hz, 1H), 4.05 (t, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 3.95-3.91 (m, 3H), 3.67 (dd, J = 13.9, 3.5, 1H), 3.30-

3.27 (m, 1H), 3.11 (dt, J = 9.2, 5.7, Hz, 1H), 2.90 (dt, J = 8.9, 5.1 Hz, 1H). 13C NMR: (100 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 169.9, 102.1, 72.6, 72.2, 70.1, 68.4, 65.4, 51.2, 47.0,

36.4.

HRMS: Calcd. for C10H11O5 (M+1): 211.0606, Found: 211.0607

FTIR: (neat): 2910, 1771, 1249, 1129, 1107, 1049, 1026, 984, 970, 939, 923, 909, 901,

722 cm-1.

MP: 141-142 °C

Page 132: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

111

O

OH

OH

O

HO

Cl

3-Chloro-2a-hydroxy-octahydro-1,5,6-trioxa-cyclopenta[jkl]-as-indacen-2-one (3.42)

A flame-dried argon flushed flask was charged with epoxide 3.41 (100 mg, 0.476 mmol),

and DCM (4.8 mL, 0.1 M). The reaction was cooled to 0 ºC and titanium tetrachloride

(0.026 mL, 0.238 mmol, 50 mol%) and titanium isopropoxide (0.070 mL, 0.238 mmol,

50 mol%) were added. The reaction was stirred at 0 ºC for 1 h and then concentrated in

vacuo onto silica gel and purified by flash column chromatography (SiO2, 4:1

EtOAc:Hexanes) to furnish the title compound as a white solid (99 mg, 84%).

1H NMR: (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 6.87 (s, 1H), 5.22 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 4.64 (dt, 1H, J

= 8.2, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 4.54 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (dd, J = 13.3, 2.4, 1H), 3.82 (dd, J =

9.1, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.55 (t, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 3.51 (dd, J= 13.2, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 3.25-3.15 (m,

1H), 3.00 (dd, J = 12.0, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 2.87 (ddd, J = 11.9, 10.0, 5.9 Hz, 1H).

HRMS: Calcd. for C10H12O5Cl (M+1): 247.0373, Found: 247.0373.

Page 133: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

112

3.6 1H and 13C NMR Spectra

Page 134: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

113

O

O

OO

MeO2C

3.6

Page 135: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

114

O

O

O

O

Me

3.14

Page 136: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

115

MeO2C

O

O

O

3.19

Page 137: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

116

O

OMeO2C

O

H

H

3.20

Page 138: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

117

O

OHMeO2C

O

H

H

3.30

Page 139: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

118

OHO

O

H

H

O

OMe

3.33

Page 140: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

119

O

OH

OH

O

HO

HO

3.39

Page 141: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

120

O

OH

OH

O

O

3.41

Page 142: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

121

O

OH

OH

O

HO

Cl

3.42

Page 143: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

122

3.7 References

1 a) Wang, J.-C.; Ng, S.-S.; Krische, M. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2003, 125, 3682. (b) Wang, J.-C.; Krische, M. J. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2003, 42, 5855. 2 Zhang, C.; Lu, X. J. Org. Chem. 1995, 60, 2906. 3 Other structurally related iridoid natural products were initially targeted, however geniposide proved to be the final target. For the sake of clarity, this review will describe our synthetic progress in iridoid synthesis as if geniposide were the original target. 4 (a) Ueda, S.; Iwahashi, Y.; Tokuda, H. J. Nat. Prod. 1991, 54, 1677. (b) Lee. M.-J.; Hsu, J.-D.; Wang, C.-J.. Anticancer Res. 1995, 15, 411. 5 Koo, H.-J.; Lim, K.-H.; Jung, H.-J.; Park, E.-H. J. Ethnopharmacol. 2006, 103, 496. 6 Zhang, C.-Y; Parton, L. E.; Ye, C. P.; Krauss, S.; Shen, R.; Lin, C.-T; Porco, J. A.; Lowell, B. B. Cell Metab. 2006, 3, 417. 7 Blond, G.; Bour, C.; Salem, B.; Suffert, J. Org. Lett. 2008, 10, 1075. 8 Rossi, R.; Carpita, A.; Cossi, P. Tetrahedron 1992, 48, 8801. 9 Leonard, M. S.;Carrol, P. J.; Joullié M. M. J. Org. Chem. 2004, 69, 2526. 10 Tamaru, Y.; Kimura, M.; Tanaka, S.; Kure, S.; Yoshida, Z-. I. Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn. 1994, 67, 2838. 11 See, Fried, J.; Elderfield, R. C. J. Org. Chem. 1941, 6, 577 and references cited therein. 12 Wang, J.-C.; Ng, S.-S.; Krische, M. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2003, 125, 3682. 13 Lefebvre, Y. Tetrahedron Lett. 1972, 2, 133. 14 Caussanel, F.; Deslongschamps, P.; Dory, Y. L. Org. Lett. 2003, 5, 4799. 15 Blazykowski, C.; Harrak, Y.; Gonçlaves, M.-H.; Cloarec, J. -M.; Dhimane, A.-L.; Fensterbank, L.; Malacria, M. Org. Lett. 2004, 6, 3771. 16 Maguire, R. J.; Munt, S. P.; Thomas, E. J. J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 1 1998, 1, 2853.

Page 144: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

123

17 Caddick, S.; Khan, S. Frost, L. M.; Smith, N. J.; Cheung, S.; Pairaudeau, G. Tetrahedron 2000, 56, 8953. 18 Marco-Contelles, J.; Juliana Ruiz-Caro, J. J. Org. Chem. 1999, 64, 8302. 19 Trost, B.; Krische, M. J. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1999, 121, 6131. 20 Yang, D.; Wong, M.-K.; Yip, Y.-C. J. Org. Chem. 1995, 60, 3887. 21 Hodgson, D. M.; Gibbs, A. R.; Lee, G. P. Tetrahedron, 1996, 14361. 22 Still, W. C.; Kahn, M.; Mitra, A. J. Org. Chem. 1978, 43, 2923. 23 Harland, P. A.; Hodge, P. Synthesis 1982, 3, 223. 24 Csihony, S.; Mika, L. T.; Vlád, G.; Barta, K.; Mehnert, C. P.; Horváth, I. T. Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun. 2007, 72, 1094. 25 Hoffmann, H. M. R.; Krumwiede, D.; Mucha, B. Oehlerking, H. H. Prahst, G. W. Tetrahedron, 1993, 49, 8999.

Page 145: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

124

Chapter 4 Intermolecular Approach to (+)-Geniposide

4.1 Intermolecular Cycloaddition Retrosynthetic Analysis

The second generation retrosynthesic analysis of (+)-geniposide (4.1) begins with

disconnection of the β-glycoside to structure 4.2 (Scheme 4.1). It was proposed that the

α,β-unsaturated methyl ester of 4.2 could be accessed through a one carbon homologation

of ketone 4.3. Ketone 4.3 was envisioned to arise from the key intermolecular

phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] dipolar cycloaddition between 1,3-dipole intermediate 4.4 and

dipolarophile (S)-4.6. The 1,3-dipole intermediate could be accessed from ethyl-2-

butynoate (4.5) upon treatment with a trialkylphosphine. Finally, it was hoped that

compound (S)-4.6 could be synthesized in enantiopure form, through a palladium-

catalyzed kinetic resolution of racemic substrate rac-4.6.

O

EtO2C OR

[3+2]

O

O

CO2Me

HO OOH

OHOH

HO

H

H

H

H

4.1

4.3 4.5

O

OR

H

H

4.2

CO2Me

HO

O

∗ O

OAc

O

(S)-4.6

KineticResolution

O

OAc

O

rac-4.6

EtO2C

∗ O

EtO2C OAc

R3P

O

PR3

4.4 (S)-4.6

Page 146: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

125

Scheme 4.1: Second generation retrosynthetic analysis of (+)-geniposide

4.2 Intermolecular [3+2] Cycloaddition Reaction

4.2.1 Intermolecular [3+2] Cycloaddition with Butynoate

The first attempt at the key phosphine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition incorporated

allylic acetate rac-4.61 as the dipolarophile, and commercially available ethyl-2-

butynoate (4.5) as the latent 1,3-dipole (Table 4.1). The reaction was attempted using

PBu3 as catalyst and toluene as solvent. Unfortunately none of the desired cycloadduct

4.8 could be isolated from the reaction mixture. The temperature, time, and

concentration of the reaction were altered in an attempt to gain access to desired product

4.8, but these efforts were also unsuccessful (entries 1-6).

O

OAc

OPBu3 (10 mol%)

Toluene

O

OAc

O

EtO2C

Me

EtO2C4.5 rac-4.6 4.8

Entry Conc. (M) Temp (°C) Time (h) % Yield 1 0.1 25 24 - 2 0.1 50 5 - 3 0.1 80 2 - 4 0.5 25 24 - 5 0.5 80 3 - 6 0.5 110 1 -

Table 4.1: Intermolecular [3+2] cycloaddition with butynoate 4.2.2 Intermolecular [3+2] Cycloaddition with Allenoate

Since the key [3+2] cycloaddition did not proceed when ethyl-2-butynoate (4.5)

was used as a precursor to 1,3-dipole intermediate 4.4, we switched to using

Page 147: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

126

commercially available ethyl-2-butadienoate (4.7) as the 1,3-dipole intermediate

precursor (Scheme 4.2). We believed that ethyl-2-butadienoate (4.7) might promote the

desired [3+2] cycloaddition more readily than ethyl-2-butynoate (4.5) because it gives

direct formation of the 1,3-dipole intermediate upon addition of phosphine.2

Furthermore we found experimentally that allylic pivalate 4.9 served as a suitable

dipolarophile for the [3+2] cycloaddition with ethyl-2-butadienoate (4.7) (Scheme 4.2).

The allylic pivalate 4.9 could be accessed in two steps through 1) oxidation of furfuryl

alcohol (4.10) to lactol 4.11 in 78% yield, and 2) pivalate protection of the lactol 4.11 in

80% yield (Scheme 4.2). Under optimized reaction conditions, the desired phosphine-

catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition between ethyl-2-butadienoate (4.7) and pivalate 4.9

proceeded in 63% yield to afford cycloadduct 4.12. The reaction required two

equivalents of pivalate 4.9, but the excess substrate can be recovered from the reaction in

96% recovery. In addition to product 4.12, other isomeric cycloaddition products were

also formed in the reaction. However these products were formed as complex mixtures

and could not be thoroughly characterized. It is postulated that the bulky pivalate

protecting group of 4.9 is beneficial for the [3+2] cycloaddition because it suppresses the

formation of other isomeric cycloadducts. Additionally, the pivalate protecting group of

4.9 provides an opportunity to render the synthesis asymmetric through a palladium-

catalyzed kinetic resolution which is discussed in section 4.3.

Page 148: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

127

O

OPiv

O

O

OPiv

O

EtO2CEtO2C

PPh3 (10 mol %),Toluene

200 mol%4.7 4.124.9

H

H110 °C

63%

OOH

0 to 25 °C

78%

O

OH

O PivCl, DMAP,lutidine, DCM

0 to 25 °C

80%

O

OPiv

O

m-CPBA, DCM

4.94.114.10

Scheme 4.2: Intermolecular [3+2] cycloaddition with allenoate 4.2.3 Stereochemical Determination of [3+2] Cycloadduct

In order to establish the stereochemistry at the three stereogenic, (C-4, C-8, C-9),

centers of cycloadduct 4.12, a crystal structure was obtained (Figure 4.1). The crystal

structure revealed that the two bridgehead hydrogens, at C-4 and C-8, were syn to one

another, and that the pivalate group at C-9 was also in a syn relationship to these two

bridgehead hydrogens at C-4 and C-8. This stereochemical result was desirable as the

three contiguous stereocenters are set in an analogous fashion to the corresponding

stereocenters found in the target molecule (+)-geniposide (4.1)

O

O

984

H

H

4.12

OPivEtO2C

Figure 4.1: Single crystal X-ray diffraction analysis of [3+2] cycloadduct

Page 149: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

128

4.2.4 Regiochemical Analysis of Intermolecular [3+2] Cycloaddition

Since the intermolecular [3+2] cycloaddition was regio- and diastereoselective, it

was essential to explain the stereochemical outcome of the [3+2] cycloaddition. The first

stereochemical aspect of the reaction that needed to be explained was the regiochemistry.

Specifically why was cycloadduct 4.12 formed preferentially over the regioisomeric

product 4.13 (Scheme 4.3)?

O

OPiv

O

O

O

EtO2CEtO2C OPiv

O

O

OPiv

EtO2C[3+2]

Observed4.7 4.9 4.12 4.13

Scheme 4.3: Regioselectivity of intermolecular [3+2] cycloaddition

This observed regiochemical outcome can be explained through FMO analysis of

the 1,3-dipole intermediate 4.14 (Figure 4.2), and the allylic pivalate dipolarophile 4.9

(Figure 4.3). First, in the resonance structure of 1,3-dipole intermediate 4.14, the

carbanion of the 1,3-dipole can reside either at the γ-carbon of the 1-3-dipole, as shown

in structure γ-4.14, or at the α-carbon, as shown in α-4.14. However, when the carbanion

is placed at the α-carbon, it is stabilized by the adjacent electron withdrawing ester

functionality. This carbanion stabilizing effect is not present in γ-4.14. As a result, the

HOMO coefficient at the α-C of 4.14 should be larger than the HOMO coefficient at the

γ-C. This qualitative analysis is supported by FMO analysis of related 1,3-dipoles, which

reveals that the HOMO coefficient at the α-C is 0.69 and the HOMO coefficient at the γ-

C is 0.55.3

Page 150: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

129

γ

αPh3P

OOEt

γ

α

Ph3P

OOEt

α−C Larger HOMO

γ−4.14 α−4.14

Ph3P

OOEt

4.14

Figure 4.2: Orbital analysis of 1,3-dipole

Second, simple analysis of the resonance structure of allylic pivalate dipolarophile

4.9 reveals that the LUMO coefficient at the β-C of should be larger than the α-C because

resonance structure β-4.9 has a positive charge at that carbon (Figure 4.3).

α

β O

O

OPiv

α

β O

O

OPiv

β-Position Larger LUMO

4.9 β−4.9

Figure 4.3: Orbital analysis of allylic pivalate dipolarophile In order to maximize the HOMO-LUMO orbital overlap, the reaction should

proceed through transition state 4.15, which would give rise to the observed product 4.12

(Scheme 4.4).

γ

α

Ph3P

OOEt

α

βO

O

OPiv

O

OPiv

O

O

O

EtO2CEtO2C OPiv

PPh3

Observed

4.7 4.9 4.12

[3+2]

4.15

Scheme 4.4: Regiochemical transition state of intermolecular [3+2] cycloaddition

Page 151: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

130

4.2.5 Diastereoselectivity of Intermolecular [3+2] Cycloaddition

The diastereochemical outcome of the intermolecular [3+2] cyloaddition reaction

can be explained through the use of simple steric arguments. The large pivalate

protecting group of 4.9 blocks the top face of the alkene (Figure 4.4). This forces the 1,3-

dipole to attack the bottom diastereotopic face of the alkene. This mode of attack gives

rise to the observed stereochemistry of the reaction.

OO

PPh3CO2Et

O

O

Me

Me

Me

H

4.14

4.9

Figure 4.4: Diastereochemical model for intermolecular [3+2] cycloaddition

4.3 Palladium-Catalyzed Kinetic Resolution

4.3.1 General Scheme for Enantioselective Synthesis

After having successfully completed our key [3+2] cycloaddition, we wanted to

access allylic pivalate 4.9 in enantiopure form and thereby render our synthesis

asymmetric (Scheme 4.5).

O

OPiv

O

O

O

EtO2CEtO2C OPiv

PPh3 (10 mol%)Toluene

110 °C

63%

H

HO

O

CO2Me

HO OOH

OHOH

HO

H

H

4.14.7 4.9 4.12

*

Scheme 4.5: Enantioselective total synthesis of (+)-geniposide 4.3.2 Mechanistic Outline of Palladium-Catalyzed Kinetic Resolution

Page 152: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

131

Our strategy for reaching this goal was to do a palladium-catalyzed kinetic

resolution of allylic pivalate rac-4.9 to produce enantiomerically pure (S)-4.9 (Scheme

4.6). Mechanistically, we envisioned this to occur through selective ionization of the

undesired enantiomer of allylic pivalate rac-4.9 with a chiral palladium-(0) source to

produce palladium π-allyl intermediate 4.16. The electrophilic palladium-(II) π-allyl

intermediate 4.16, could then react with a generic nucleophile to give substitution product

4.17, and leave behind the desired allylic pivalate (S)-4.9 in enantioenriched form.

PdO

OPiv

O

Pd(0)L*, Nu

O

OPiv

O

O

Nu

O

O

O

*L*L

II

Nurac-4.9 (S)-4.94.16 4.17

Scheme 4.6: Mechanism of catalyzed kinetic resolution 4.3.3 Precedent for Palladium-Catalyzed Kinetic Resolution

Precedent for the proposed kinectic resolution is found in Trost�s synthesis of (+)-

aflatoxin B1 and B2a, where an asymmetric palladium-catalyzed kinetic resolution of a

related γ-acyloxybutenolides 4.18 is accomplished using phenol 4.19 as nucleophile

(Scheme 4.7). 4

OPd2dba.CHCl3Na2CO3O

OBoc

OHCHOH3CO

O

O

OCHO

H3CO

NH

NH

O O

PPh2 Ph2P

1.0 equiv. 0.45 equiv.

91% Theoretical

89% ee

4.18 4.19 4.20

Page 153: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

132

Scheme 4.7: Related palladium-catalyzed kinetic resolution

Additionally, our proposal was guided by the elegant work of Feringa,5 wherein

he shows that the palladium-catalyzed allylic substitution of pyranone allylic acetate 4.6

with simple alcohols proceeds in high yields with retention of configuration (Scheme

4.8).

O

OAc

OPd(OAc)2, POPh3

DCM

O

OR

O

4.6

ROH

R= Me, Et, i-PrOH

95-96% Yield

4.21

Scheme 4.8: Related palladium-catalyzed reaction with alcohols 4.3.4 Palladium-Catalyzed Kinetic Resolution Optimization

We chose as standard reagents for our kinetic resolution, p-nitrobenzyl alcohol

4.22 as nucleophile, palladium allyl-chloride dimer as a catalyst, Trost ligand (R,R)-4.23

as the chiral ligand, 2,6-lutidine as base, and DCM as solvent (Table 4.2). The reaction

was first attempted at 25 °C and after 4 h a 54% theoretical yield of allylic pivalate (S)-

4.9 was isolated in 75% ee (entry 1). In this reaction, it appeared by TLC that water was

entering into the reaction and reacting with allylic pivalate 4.9 despite the fact that dry

solvents were used. To address this problem, sodium sulfate was added as a dessicant

and a substantial increase in ee to 83% was observed (entry 2). Further optimization

revealed that a decrease in reaction temperature to 4 °C gave a significant increase in

yield to 62% and a modest increase in ee to 84% (entry 3). Running the reaction with

sodium sulfate at 4 °C gave a substantial increase in ee to 95%, however the yield

decreased to 36% (entry 4). Fortunately, a decrease in solvent concentration from 0.1 M

Page 154: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

133

to 0.05 M resulted in a substantial increase in yield to 54% with a similar 93% ee (entry

5). Other dessicants were tested in the reaction, and it was found that magnesium sulfate

was superior to sodium sulfate in terms of yield (entry 6). Next, the reaction was

attempted without base and the magnesium sulfate loading was increase to 200 mol%.

This resulted in a significant increase in yield to 90%, albeit with a decrease in ee to 78%

(entry 7). Finally it was found that the loading of p-nitrobenzyl alcohol 4.19 was

increased to 55 mol%, the allylic pivalate (S)-4.9 could be isolated in 70% yield and 92%

ee (entry 8). Furthermore, under these optimized conditions byproduct 4.24 could be

isolated in 96% yield and 60% ee.

O

OPiv

O

O

OPiv

ONO2

HO

O

O

O[η3−C3Η5PdCl]2 (1.0 mol %),

DCM

NH

NH

O O

PPh2 Ph2P

(R,R)-4.23 (3.0 mol%)

NO2

rac-4.9 (S)-4.9 4.244.22

Entry Nu: (mol%) Base (mol%) Additive (mol%) Conc. (M) Temp. (°C) Time (h) Yield (%) ee (%)1 50 Lutidine (100) - 0.1 25 4 54 75 2 50 Lutidine (100) Na2SO4 (100) 0.1 25 4 54 83 3 50 Lutidine (100) - 0.1 4 26 62 84 4 50 Lutidine (100) Na2SO4 (100) 0.1 4 21 36 95 5 50 Lutidine (100) Na2SO4 (100) 0.05 4 48 54 93 6 50 Lutidine (100) MgSO4 (100) 0.05 4 43 56 93 7 50 - MgSO4 (200) 0.05 4 46 90 78 8 55 - MgSO4 (200) 0.05 4 48 70 92

Table 4.2: Kinetic resolution of allylic pivalate 4.3.5 Determination of Absolute Stereochemistry

The absolute stereochemistry of (S)-4.9 was determined by converting it into 4,5-

dichlorophthalimide derivative 4.26 in 65% yield through another palladium catalyzed

Page 155: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

134

substitution reaction with 4,5-dichlorophthalimie (4.25) (Scheme 4.9). An x-ray crystal

structure of compound 4.26 was obtained and the absolute stereochemistry was shown to

be the (S)-enantiomer (Figure 1.1).

(S)-4.9

(S) O

OPiv

O O

N

O

(3.0 mol %)PPh3, (9.0 mol %)Et3N, MgSO4, THF

PdCl

ClPd

HNO O

Cl Cl

OO

Cl Cl

25 ºC

65%

4.25

4.26 Scheme 4.9: Derivative of pivalate

O

N

O

OO

Cl Cl4.26

Figure 4.5: Determination of absolute stereochemistry 4.3.6 Transition State Model for Kinetic Resolution

A stereochemical model was needed to explain the results of the kinetic

resolution. Trost has reported a model for predicting the stereochemical outcome of

palladium-catalyzed asymmetric allylic alkylations using diphenylphosphino benzoic

ligands of type (R,R)-4.23 (Figure 4.6).6 This model assumes that ligand (R,R)-4.23

complexes palladium in a C2 symmetric fashion in a 1:1 palladium:ligand ratio to form a

complex of type 4.27. The phenyl rings of complex 4.27 orient themselves in a propeller

Page 156: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

135

like fashion to avoid interaction with one another. This propeller conformation of the

phenyl rings results in two vertical phenyl �walls�, and two horizontal phenyl �flaps�.

The resulting C-2 symmetric chiral pocket that is created can be illustrated effectively by

cartoon structure 4.28 where the front left and the back right quadrants are blocked by

phenyl walls, and the front right and back left quadrants are open. In the case of

ionization of a leaving group from a palladium π-allyl complex in this chiral

environment, as depicted in structure 4.29, ionization will prefer to occur at the front

right quadrant, rather than the front left quadrant, to avoid steric interaction with the

phenyl wall. Furthermore, ionization from the back two quadrants of 4.29 is disfavored

because the palladium ligand complex tilts away from the π-allyl, and ionization occurs

exo to the palladium-ligand complex to maximize orbital overlap.6

4.28

NH HNOO

P PPd

Flap

Wall

Pd

4.29

4.27

Figure 4.6: Model for predicting stereochemistry in asymmetric allylic alkylation If this model is applied to the kinetic resolution of allylic pivalate 4.9 using

palladium ligand complex 4.29, the pivalate leaving group of the (R)-enantiomer of the

Page 157: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

136

allylic pivalate (R)-4.9, would be placed in a favorable position for ionization under the

right quadrant flap (Figure 4.7, left structure). However when the (S)-enantiomer, (S)-

4.9, interacts with the palladium complex 4.29, the pivalate group is forced to reside

underneath the sterically encumbered �wall� of the complex (right structure in Figure

4.7). This model suggests that ionization of the (R)-4.9 pivalate enantiomer is

significantly faster than ionization for the (S)-4.9 pivalate enantiomer thereby allowing

for successful kinetic resolution.

OO

Pd

OPivO

O

Pd

PivO

4.294.29

(R)-4.9 (S)-4.9 Figure 4.7: Transition state for kinetic resolution

4.4 Retrosynthetic Analysis of (+)-Geniposide from Cycloadduct

After having successfully completed the key intermolecular [3+2] cycloaddition

and palladium-catalyzed kinetic resolution, further retrosynthetic analysis was done to

see what synthetic tasks needed to be completed to convert [3+2] cycloadduct 4.12 into

(+)-geniposide (4.1) (Scheme 4.10). It was proposed that the β-glycoside of (+)-

geniposide (4.1) could be accessed from compound 4.30. Compound 4.30 could be

acquired via esterification of nitrile 4.31. The allylic alcohol of nitrile 4.31 could be

formed through reduction of the ethyl ester of structure 4.32. And finally, structure 4.32

could be prepared from cycloadduct 4.12 through a one carbon homologation of the

ketone.

Page 158: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

137

O

OPIv

O

O

CO2Me

HO OOH

OHOH

HO

H

H

H

H

4.1 4.31

O

OPiv

H

H

4.30

CO2Me

HO

CN

O

EtO2C OPiv

H

H

4.12

O

O

OPiv

O

EtO2C

4.7 (S)-4.9

*

HO

O

EtO2C OPIv

H

H

CN

4.32 Scheme 4.10: Retrosynthetic analysis of (+)-geniposide to [3+2] cycloadduct

4.5 One Carbon Homologation of [3+2] Cycloadduct

In order to convert cycloadduct 4.12 into α,β-unsaturated nitrile 4.32 a one carbon

homologation of the ketone of 4.12 needed to be accomplished (Scheme 4.11). A

classical method ketone homologation is to add cyanide to the ketone to produce the

cyanohydrin. This was accomplished by treating ketone 4.12 with an excess of

potassium cyanide and AcOH in ethanol to provide cyanohydrin 4.33. The crude

cyanohydrin 4.33 was then dehydrated with thionyl chloride and pyridine to from the α,β-

unsaturated nitrile 4.32 in 60% yield over 2 steps.

O

OPiv

O

EtO2C

O

OPivEtO2C

KCN, AcOH,EtOH

25 °C

SOCl2, Pyridine,DCE

O

OPivEtO2C

CNHO CN

80 °C

60%2 Steps

H

H H

H

H

4.12 4.33 4.32

Scheme 4.11: Formation of α,β-unsaturated nitrile

It should be noted at this point, that the two step conversion of ketone 4.12 to

methyl ester 4.50 was attempted (Scheme 4.12). This could be theoretically

Page 159: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

138

accomplished by formation of enol trifalte 4.51 which could then be converted to ester

4.50 through a palladium-catalyzed coupling reaction of the triflate 4.51 with carbon

monoxide and methanol. This route would have provided access to the ester functionality

that is in the target (+)-geniposide 4.1 without the intermediacy of the nitrile 4.32.

However, we were unable to enact this process, due to the the instability of the enol

triflate 4.51. The corresponding enol phosphonates were also explored in this

transformation but were also unsuccessful.

O

OPiv

O

EtO2C

O

OPivEtO2C

Pd, CO,MeOH

O

OPivEtO2C

CO2MeH

H H

H

H

4.12 4.51 4.50

OTfN-PhenylTriflimide,LHMDS

Scheme 4.12: Attempted conversion of ketone to unsaturated ester.

4.6 Reduction of Ethyl Ester

4.6.1: Selectivity of Ester Reduction

With α,β-unsaturated nitrile 4.32 in hand, efforts were directed toward the

selective reduction of the ethyl ester to allylic alcohol 4.31 (Scheme 4.13). Although

reduction of the ethyl ester appears simple at first glance, several selectivity issues arise

when this transformation is analyzed in detail. First, the reduction must be

chemoselective, since two other reducible groups, the nitrile and the pivalate, are also

present in 4.32. Additionally, the ethyl ester is α,β-unsaturated and the reduction must

therefore be regioselective for 1,2 reduction.

Page 160: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

139

O

OPivEtO2C

O

OPiv

CN CN

HO

H

H

H

H

4.314.32 Scheme 4.13: Selectivity issues in reduction of α,β-unsaturated ester 4.6.2: Optimization of DIBAL-H Reduction

With these selectivity issues in mind, the reduction of 4.32 was attempted using

several different reducing reagents. However, DIBAL-H was the only reagent that gave

significant quantities of the desired allylic alcohol 4.31. Our initial conditions for the

reduction used three equivalents of the DIBAL-H reagent, THF as solvent, and the

reaction was conducted at -78 °C (Table 4.3, entry 1). After 2 h the reaction was

quenched, and a 31% yield of the desired allylic alcohol 4.31 was isolated. The low yield

of 4.31 resulted from the reaction failing to go to completion. This result was surprising

since DIBAL-H reductions of esters are typically facile processes. In an attempt to

increase the reactivity of our ester 4.32 we switched to the less sterically encumbered

methyl ester 4.34 and attempted the reaction under the same conditions (entry 2).

Unfortunately a virtually identical yield was obtained. We then tried to increase the

reactivity of the DIBAL-H reagent by running the reaction in a less polar solvent (entries

3-4). Unfortunately, when the reaction was conducted in ether or toluene, reduction of

the nitrile of 4.34 began to compete with reduction of the ester and the yield of the allylic

alcohol 4.31 was diminished. Fortunately, when the reaction time was increased to 20 h

a 47% yield of the product could be isolated (entry 5). This result led us to decrease the

reaction temperature even further to -80 °C using a cryocool that could hold that

Page 161: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

140

temperature accurately for 24 h. Gratifyingly, when the reaction was conducted under

these conditions on substrate 4.32 an acceptable 62% yield of allylic alcohol 4.31 was

obtained (entry 6).

O

OPivRO2C

O

OPiv

DIBAL-H (3 Equiv.)Solvent (0.1M)

CN CN

HO

H

H

H

H

R = Et 4.32R = Me 4.34

4.31

Entry Ester Solvent Temp (°C) Time (h) Yield %

1 Et THF -78 2 31 2 Me THF -78 2 30 3 Me Ether -78 2 23 4 Me Toluene -78 2 6 5 Me THF -78 20 47 6 Et THF -80 24 62

Table 4.3: Reduction of ethyl ester

4.7 Esterification of the Nitrile

4.7.1 Discussion of Classical Esterification Methods

The next step in the synthesis was the conversion of nitrile 4.31 to methyl ester

4.30. Classical methods for nitrile esterification involve the use of strongly acidic or

strongly basic conditions (Scheme 4.14). Unfortuately, these classical methods were not

suitable for our synthesis. The enol-ether moiety of 4.31 is acid sensitive, and the

pivalate group is base sensitive. Consequently, the esterification of nitrile 4.31 needed to

be conducted under virtually neutral conditions.

Page 162: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

141

O O

OPiv

CO2MeCN

OPiv

Strong Acid/Base

HO HO

H

H H

H

4.31 4.30 Scheme 4.14: Esterification of nitrile 4.7.2 Platinum-Catalyzed Nitrile Hydration

It was proposed that the nitrile esterification of 4.31 could be conducted under

very mild reaction conditions by doing the conversion in a stepwise procedure. The first

step in this procedure was hydration of nitrile 4.31 to amide 4.35 in 87% yield using the

platinum catalyst 4.36 developed by Ghaffar and Parkins (Scheme 4.15).7 Notably, this

method for nitrile hydration allowed us to gain access to amide 4.35 in high yield using

essentially neutral reaction conditions.

PMe

O O

OPiv

CONH2CN

80 °C

87%

Pt PMe

MeOH

HOH

MeMe

Me

PO

OPiv

EtOH, H2O

HO

H

H HO

H

H

4.31 4.35

4.36 (20 mol%)

Scheme 4.15: Hydration of nitrile 4.7.3 Esterification of Amide

Next, amide 4.35 needed to be converted into the desired methyl ester 4.30.

Again, classical conditions for this transformation involve strongly acidic or basic

reaction conditions and were therefore unsuitable. However, we found that the amide

4.35 could be converted into the corresponding carboxylic acid 4.37 using sodium nitrite.

Thus when amide 4.35 was dissolved in a 2:1 mixture of acetic acid:acetic anhydride and

Page 163: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

142

treated with sodium nitrite, carboxylic acid 4.37 could be isolated from the reaction

mixture (Scheme 4.16). However, this reaction also produced allylic acetate 4.38.

Allylic acetate 4.38 is thought to arise from protection of the allylic alcohol of 4.35 by

acetic anhydride.

O

OPiv

CO2H

HO

H

HO

OPiv

CONH2 Ac2O, AcOH,NaNO2

0 to 25 °C

HO

H

HO

OPiv

CO2H

AcO

H

H

4.35 4.37 4.38

Scheme 4.16: Conversion of amide to carboxylic acid Fortunately, this acetate protection could be used to our advantage. By changing

the reaction conditions we were able to get allylic acetate 4.38 as the sole product

(Scheme 4.17). Specifically this was accomplished by first dissolving the amide 4.35 in

acetic anhydride and adding two equivalents of Et3N. This solution was stirred for 1 h

until the allylic alcohol was fully protected. Next, AcOH and sodium nitrite were added

to conduct the diazotination reaction. This one-pot procedure gave allylic acetate

protected carboxylic acid 4.38. The crude acid 4.38 was then converted into the desired

methyl ester 4.39 using TMS-diazomethane. The overall yield for this two step

transformation was 74%.

Page 164: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

143

O

OPiv

CO2Me

AcO

H

H

O

OPiv

CO2HTMSCH2N2,CHCl3, MeOH

0 °C

74%2 steps

AcO

H

HO

OPiv

CONH2Ac2O, Et3N,

then AcOH, NaNO2

25 °C then 0-5 °CHO

H

H

4.35 4.38 4.39

Scheme 4.17: Allylic acetate protection

4.8 Introduction of the β-Glycoside

4.8.1 Discussion of Iridoid Glycoside Formation

The last major synthetic transformation that needed to be accomplished was

installation of the β-glycoside onto 4.39 to give (+)-geniposide (4.1) (Scheme 4.18).

Installation of β-glycosides onto iridoid natural products is an extremely challenging task.

In fact syntheses of iridoid glycosides are rare due to this challenge. The difficulty in this

transformation results from the complex 1,1-diacetal linkage that must be made between

the β-glycoside and the carbon skeleton of the iridoid. Classical methods of

glycosidation typically give very low yields and poor selectivities.8

O

O

CO2Me

HO OOH

OHOH

HO

H

H

4.1

O

OPiv

H

H

4.39

CO2Me

AcO

OOH

OHOH

HOHO

Scheme 4.18: Iridoid glycoside formation 4.8.2 Glycosidation using trichloracetimidate

It was proposed that the β-glycoside formation could be accomplished on

proposed lactol substrate 4.40 using α-O-glycosyl-trichloroacetimidate9 4.41 as the

glycosidation reagent in the presence of a lewis acid to give a protected from of (+)-

Page 165: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

144

geniposide 4.42 (Scheme 4.19). This trichloroacetimidate glycosidation method

developed by Schmidt, was chosen because it is known to proceed with weak

nucleophiles, and gives high β-selectivity of the glycoside when the proper conditions are

used.10

O

O

CO2Me

OOAc

OAcOAc

AcO

H

H

4.42

O

OH

H

H

4.40

CO2Me

OOAc

OAcOAc

AcO

4.41

L.A

RO ROOCl3C

NH

Scheme 4.19: Proposed glycosidatin of lactol 4.8.3 Formation of glycosidation substrate

In order to attempt the proposed glycosidation, lactol 4.40 had to be accessed

from pivalate 4.39. The most obvious way to accomplish this would be to first deprotect

the acetate and the pivalate of 4.39 under basic conditions to give the free lactol 4.43,

which is also known as genipin (Scheme 4.20). Subsequently, the primary alcohol of

genipin (4.43) could be selectively protected to give the desired glycosidation substrate

4.40.

O

OH

CO2Me

HO H

H

O

OPiv

CO2Me

AcO H

HBase

O

OHRO

CO2MeH

H

Protect

4.39 4.404.43

Scheme 4.20: Synthesis of lactol Unfortunately, this deprotection/protection strategy was unfeasible because the

lactol of genipin 4.43 undergoes rapid decomposition under mildly basic conditions. In

Page 166: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

145

fact, it has been reported that genipin 4.43 is so sensitive to base that it decomposes when

boiled in neutral water.11 It was therefore necessary to find a method for deprotection of

4.39 under neutral reaction conditions.

4.8.4 Organotin-Catalyzed Deprotection

It has been reported by Otera, that the transesterification of esters can be

accomplished under virtually neutral conditions using organotin catalyst 4.44 (Scheme

4.21).12 In light of this, it was proposed that selective deprotection of the acetate group of

compound 4.39 could be accomplished through the action of Otera�s organotin catalyst

4.44 and MeOH. Surprisingly, when this reaction was conducted it was found that, under

optimized reaction conditions, lactol 4.46 was produced in 73% yield (Scheme 4.21).13

Lactol 4.46 is thought to arise from initial allylic acetate deprotection to furnish allylic

alcohol intermediate 4.45. Next, intermediate 4.45 undergoes an intramolecular

transesterification of the pivalate ester to provide lactol 4.46. It is postulated that the

driving force for the intramolecular transesterfication is derived from moving the bulky

pivalate group away from the congested cis-fused 6-5-ring system to the less substituted

primary alcohol.

O

OPiv

CO2Me

AcO H

H

O

CO2MeH

O

OH

CO2Me

PivO H

H

O

C(Me)3

HO

Bu2Sn O

Cl SnBu Bu

O

SnBu Bu

Cl

SnBu2Cl

Cl

PhMe 100 °C

O

4.44 (10 mol%)

4.39 4.464.45

MeOH

60 to 85 °C 73% yield

Scheme 4.21: Intramolecular tranesterification

Page 167: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

146

It is noteworthy that solvent and temperature effects play a key role in this

transformation. The initial acetate removal from compound 4.39 to intermediate 4.45

was found to proceed most effectively in MeOH at 60 °C. However, the intramolecular

pivalate transfer of intermediate 4.45 to lactol 4.46 proceeded most effectively in toluene

at 100 °C. Consequently, the optimized reaction conditions involved initially conducting

the reaction in a sealed tube at 60 °C using methanol as solvent. After the initial acetate

deprotection to intermediate 4.45 was deemed complete by TLC, the sealed tube was

opened, toluene was added, and the reaction was heated to 85 °C until the methanol had

fully evaporated. The reaction vessel was then sealed and heated to 100 °C to promote

the final intramolecular transesterification to lactol 4.46.

4.8.5 Successful Glycosidation of Lactol

The formation of lactol 4.46 provided a perfect opportunity to attempt the

glycosidation reaction. Gratifyingly, it was found when lactol 4.46 was treated with α-O-

glycosyl-trichloroacetimidate 4.41 in the presence of boron trifluoride diethyl-etherate the

desired β-glycoside 4.47 was formed in 70% yield (Scheme 4.22).

O

O

CO2Me

OOAc

OAcOAc

AcO

H

H

4.47

O

OH

H

H

4.46

CO2Me

OOAc

OAcOAc

AcO

4.41

PivO PivOOCl3C

NH

BF3.OEt2, DCE

-20 °C

70%

Scheme 4.22: Glycosidation of lactol

4.9 Global Deprotection

Global deprotection of the pivalate and acetate protecting groups of 4.47 was

attempted using lithium hydroxide in methanol to give the target compound (+)-

Page 168: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

147

geniposide (4.1) (Scheme 4.23). However under these conditions, methoxide added to

the β-position of the enoate of 4.47 producing compound 4.48 along with (+)-geniposide

(4.1) in approximately a 1:2 ratio as determined by H1NMR, respectively. This problem

was further exacerbated by the fact that these compounds 4.1 and 4.48 were inseparable

by column chromatography.

O

OGlu

CO2MeH

H

4.1

HO

LiOH, MeOH

25 °CO

O

CO2Me

OOAc

OAcOAc

AcO

H

H

4.47

PivO

O

OGlu

CO2MeH

H

4.48

HO

OMe

Scheme 4.23: Attempted global deprotection Fortunately, the global deprotection could be accomplished in two steps via initial

hydrolysis of 4.47 using LiOH in aqueous acetonitrile to carboxylic acid 4.49.14 Then the

intermediate acid 4.49 was esterified with TMS-diazomethane to yield the target

compound (+)-geniposide 4.1 in 61% yield over two steps (Scheme 4.24).

O

O

CO2Me

OOAc

OAcOAc

AcO

H

H

4.47

PivO

LiOH, CH3CN, H2O40 °C

61%2 Steps

O

O

CO2H

OOH

OHOH

HO

H

H

4.49

HO

TMSCH2N2, CHCl3,MeOH, 0 °C

4.1

Scheme 4.24: Final hydrolysis and esterification

4.10 Conclusion

In sum, the enantioselective total synthesis of (+)-geniposide 4.1 has been

completed in 14 steps in 1.8% overall yield.15 Key transformations in this synthesis

include an intermolecular phospine-catalyzed [3+2] cycloaddition reaction, and a

Page 169: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

148

palladium-catalyzed kinetic resolution. Other interesting facets of the synthesis are 1) the

use of mild reaction conditions, and 2) the first use of an α-O-glycosyl-

trichloroacetimidate in the formation of an iridoid glycoside. This synthesis also

represents a formal synthesis of (+)-genipin, since the conversion of (+)-geniposide to

(+)-genipin has been previously reported.16

Page 170: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

149

4.11 Experimental Procedures

General Procedures

All reactions were run under an atmosphere of argon under anhydrous conditions unless

otherwise indicated. Dichloromethane (DCM), dichloroethane (DCE), tetrahydrofuran

(THF), and toluene (PhMe) were obtained from a Pure-Solv MD-5 Solvent Purification

System (Innovative Technology, inc). Methanol was distilled from magnesium turnings

and iodine. Pyridine was dried with and stored over sodium hydroxide pellets.

Anhydrous solvents were transferred using oven-dried syringes. Thionyl Chloride

(SOCl2) was distilled from quinoline prior to use. Boron trifluoride diethyl etherate was

distilled prior to use. p-nitrobenzyl alcohol was recrystallized from DCM prior to use.

Magnesium Sulfate (MgSO4) was dried in an oven prior to use in the asymmetric kinetic

resolution. All other commercial reagents were used directly without further purification.

Analytical thin-layer chromatography (TLC) was carried out using 0.2-mm commercial

silica gel plates (DC-Fertigplatten Kieselgel 60 F254). Visualization of the

chromatograms was accomplished using UV light and vanillin, anisaldehyde,

permanganate, cerium molybdate stain with heating. Preparative column

chromatography using silica gel was performed according to the method of Still.17

Infrared spectra were recorded on a Nicolet 380 FTIR. High-resolution mass spectra

(HRMS) were obtained on a Waters Micromass Autospec or a Varian FTICR as m/z

(relative intensity). Accurate masses are reported for the molecular ion (M+1, M or M-1)

or a suitable fragment ion. Melting points were obtained on a Thomas-Hoover Unimelt

apparatus. Nuclear magnetic resonance spectra (1H NMR and 13C NMR) spectra were

recorded with a Varian (400 MHz) spectrometer and reported in parts per million (ppm)

referenced to the residual protio solvent signal as an internal standards. Coupling

constants are reported in hertz (Hz). Optical rotations were measured on a ATAGO AP-

300 automatic polarimeter at a path length of 1 dm.

Page 171: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

150

O

O

CO2Me

HO OOH

OHOH

HOH

H

7-Hydroxymethyl-1-(3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-hydroxymethyl-tetrahydro-pyran-2-yloxy)-

1,4a,5,7a-tetrahydro-cyclopenta[c]pyran-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester (4.1)

A flask was charged with 4.47 (50 mg, 0.078 mmol), LiOH.H2O (49 mg, 1.171 mmol,

1500 mol%), and a 7:3 mixture of CH3CN:H2O (1.56 mL, 0.05 M). The reaction was

heated to 40 °C under a reflux condenser for 16.5 h and then quenched with AcOH

(0.090 mL, 1.56 mmol, 2000 mol%). The resulting solution was passed through a

column of Dowex®50WX8-200 ion-exchange resin with water and concentrated in

vacuo. The crude material was dissolved in 1:1 MeOH:CHCl3 (4 mL, 0.02 M) and a 2.0

M solution of TMS-diazomethane in hexane was added (0.078 mL 200 mol%) and the

reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 1h. After 1 h an additional portion of

TMS-diazomethane in hexane was added (0.078 mL 200 mol%) and the reaction was

deemed complete after another 30 minutes. The excess TMS-diazomethane was

quenched with acetic acid and the resulting solution was concentrated in vacuo on to

silica gel. The material was purified by flash column chromatography (SiO2, 9:1

CHCl3:MeOH to 4:1 CHCl3:MeOH) and then ran through a column of Dowex®50WX8-

200 ion-exchange resin with MeOH. The filtrate was concentrated to furnish (+)-

geniposide as a white solid (18.4 mg 61%). The spectral data corresponded to that of the

previously reported material.18,19 Additionally, the spectral data for the material

corresponded to the spectral data of an authentic sample of (+)-geniposide purchased

from AvaChem Scientific LLC in a side by side comparison. 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.51 (s, 1H), 5.79 (s, 1H), 5.16 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 4.70 (dd, J = 7.9, 2.1 Hz, 1H) 4.31 (d, J = 14.7, 1H), 4.18 (d, J = 14.4, 1H), 3.84 (d, J = 11.6, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.63 (dd, J = 12.1, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.40-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.26 (m, 1H), 3.24-3.15 (m, 2H), 2.81 (dd, J = 16.2, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 2.72 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 2.12-2.06 (m, 1H).

Page 172: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

151

13C NMR: (100 MHz, CD3OD): δ 169.5, 153.3, 144.8, 128.3, 112.5, 100.3, 98.2, 78.4, 77.8, 74.9, 71.5, 62.7, 61.4, 51.7, 47.0, 39.7, 36.6. HRMS: Calcd. For C17H23O10 (M-1): 387.1293, Found: 387.1297. FTIR: (neat): υ 3362, 2920, 2487, 1697, 1630, 1282, 1160, 1074, 1037, 942, 893, 822, 795, 767 cm-1. M.P.: 123-124 °C

[α]24 D = +24.25 (C = 0.660, EtOH)

Page 173: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

152

O

OPiv

O

2,2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 5-oxo-5,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-2-yl ester (rac-4.9)

A flame-dried argon flushed flask was charged with lactol 4.10 (2.0g, 17.53 mmol),

DCM (88 mL, 0.2M), 2,6-lutidine (4.08 mL, 35.06 mmol, 200 mol%) and DMAP (107

mg, 0.88 mmol, 5 mol%). The solution was cooled to 0 ºC and trimethylacetyl chloride

(3.24 mL, 26.29 mmol, 150 mol%) was added. The reaction was slowly warmed to room

temperature and stirred for 72 h. The reaction was diluted with ether and washed with

water, a saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate, a 5% solution of aqueous CuSO4 and

brine. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, concentrated in vacuo,

(Caution: compound rac-4.9 is volative under high vacuum), and purified by flash

column chromatography, (SiO2, 8:1 pentane:ether), to furnish the title compound as a

white solid (2.78 g, 80%).

1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.90 (dd, J = 10.4, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.43 (d, J = 3.4 Hz,

1H), 6.22 (d, J = 10.6, 1H), 4.43 (d, J = 16.8, 1H) 4.17 (d, J = 17.1, 1H), 1.21, (s, 9H). 13C NMR: (100 MHz, CDCl3): δ 193.3, 176.7, 142.4, 128.5, 86.4, 67.1, 39.1, 26.8.

HRMS: Calcd. For C10H15O4 (M+1): 199.0970, Found: 199.0974.

FTIR: (neat): υ 2956, 1731, 1699, 1686, 1281, 1264, 1132, 1102, 1026, 1006, 989, 912,

879, 865, 778 cm-1.

MP: 45-46 ºC

O

O

OPiv

Page 174: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

153

2,2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 5-oxo-5,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-2-yl ester ((S)-4.9))

A flame dried argon flushed flask was charged with DCM (20 mL, 0.05 M), magnesium

sulfate (400 mg, 200 wt %), p-nitrobenzyl alcohol (4.22) (85 mg, 0.554 mmol, 55 mol%),

pivalate rac-4.9 (200 mg, 1.01 mmol, 100 mol%) and Trost ligand (R,R)-4.23 (21 mg,

0.030 mmol, 3 mol%), respectively. The solution was cooled to 4 ºC and allyl palladium

chloride dimer (3.7 mg %, 0.010 mmol, 1.0 mol%) was added. The flask was sealed with

a cap and parafilm and stirred for 48 hours at 4 ºC. The reaction was diluted with ether,

and washed with a saturated solution of aqueous sodium bicarbonate, and brine. The

combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated in vacuo (Caution:

compound (S)-4.9 is volative under high vacuum), and purified by flash column

chromatography (SiO2, 5:1 pentane:ether to 2:1 hexanes:EtOAc) to furnish the title

compound as a white solid (70.5 mg, 70%, 92% ee) and the p-nitrobenzyl derivative 4.24

as a light yellow solid (96 mg, 96%, 60% ee). Sixty-five milligrams of 92% ee

compound (S)-4.9 was recrystallized from pentanes twice to furnish 43 mg of the title

compound in >99% ee (66% recovery).

[α]24 D = +151.00 (c= 1.00, CHCl3).

HPLC: (Chiralpak AD-H column, 2% i-PrOH/hexanes, 0.5 mL/min, 230 nm), tmajor =

15.1 min, tminor = 21.0 min; ee = 92%.

(Chiralpak AD-H column, 2% i-PrOH/hexanes, 0.5 mL/min, 230 nm), tmajor = 15.7 m; ee

= >99%.

Page 175: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

154

O

O

EtO2C OPivH

H

1-(2,2-Dimethyl-propionyloxy)-4-oxo-1,3,4,4a,5,7a-hexahydro-cyclopenta[c]pyran-7-

carboxylic acid ethyl ester (4.12)

A flame-dried argon flushed flask was charged with PhMe (45mL, 0.2M with respect to

ethyl butadienoate), and racemic pivalate 4.9 (3.535g, 17.836 mmol, 200 mol %). The

reaction vessel was heated to 110 °C and a catalytic amount of triphenylphosphine (234

mg, 0.892 mmol, 10 mol%) was added. Ethyl-2-butadienoate 4.7 (1.035 mL, 9.918

mmol, 100 mol%) was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred for 0.5 h. The reaction

mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and directly purified by flash column

chromatography (SiO2, 9:1 petroleum ether:ether to 5:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate) to

furnished the title compound as a white solid (1.732 g, 63%) and the unreacted pivalate

4.9 as a white solid (1.695 g, 96% theoretical recovery). The reaction was also conducted

using >99%ee (S)-4.9. 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.90 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.45 (d, J = 0.7 Hz, 1H), 4.27-

4.14 (m, 2H), 4.18 (d, J = 18.1 Hz, 1H), 4.09 (d, J = 18.1 Hz, 1H), 3.47 (d, J = 8.9 Hz,

1H), 3.27 (dd, J = 15.6, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 2.90-2.78 (m, 2H), 1.28, (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.20, (s,

9H). 13C NMR: (100 MHz, CDCl3): δ 208.4, 175.9, 163.4, 144.7, 134.8, 90.5, 66.6, 60.7,

49.8, 46.0, 38.9, 36.3, 29.9, 14.1.

HRMS: Calcd. For C16H23O6 (M+1): 311.1500, Found: 311.1495

FTIR: (neat): 2976, 1735, 1717, 1702, 1257, 1161, 1149, 1130, 1104, 1077, 1025, 993,

944, 929, 848, 840, 761 cm-1.

MP: 75-76 ºC

[α]24 D = +72.00 (c= 1.00, CHCl3).

Page 176: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

155

O

O

O

NO2

6-(4-Nitro-benzyloxy)-6H-pyran-3-one (4.24) 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.24 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (d, J = 8.9, 2H), 6.93,

(dd, J = 10.4, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 6.21, (d, J = 10.3 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (dd, J = 3.4, 0.6, 1H), 4.97 (d,

J = 13.0, 1H) 4.77 (d, J = 13.0, 1H), 4.45 (d, J = 16.8, 1H), 4.14 (d, J = 16.8, 1H). 13C NMR: (100 MHz, CDCl3): δ 194.0, 147.5, 144.4, 143.5, 128.1, 128.0, 123.7, 92.7,

69.3, 66.3 ppm.

HRMS: Calcd. For C12H12NO5 (M+1): 250.0719, Found: 250.0715

FTIR: (neat): 2916, 2853, 1483, 1516, 1346, 1334, 1106, 1054, 1034, 1005, 987, 976,

858, 832, 771, 735 cm-1.

MP: 108-110 ºC

HPLC: (Chiralpak AD-H column, 2% i-PrOH/hexanes, 1.0 mL/min, 254 nm), tminor =

47.1 min, tmajor = 51.8 min; ee = 68%.

Page 177: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

156

O

O

N

Cl Cl

O O

(R)-5,6-dichloro-2-(5-oxo-5,6-dihydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)isoindoline-1,3-dione (4.26)

A flame-dried argon flushed flask was charged with THF, (2.5 mL, 0.1 M), >99% ee

pivalate (S)-4.9, (50 mg, 0.252 mmol), 4,5-dichlorophthalimide 4.25 (49 mg, 0.227

mmol, 90 mol%), MgSO4 (50 mg, 100 wt %), triphenylphosphine (6 mg, 0.023 mmol, 9

mol%), palladium allyl chloride dimer (3 mg, 0.008 mmol, 3 mol%), and triethylamine

(0.035 mL, 0.252 mmol, 100 mol%). The reaction was then stirred at room temperature

for 5 h. Afterwards, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc, and washed with a 5% solution

of CuSO4 and then brine. The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate,

concentrated in vacuo, and purified by flash column chromatography (SiO2, 3:1 EtOAc:

hexanes) to furnish the title compound as a white solid (46 mg, 65% based on 4,5-

dichlorophthalimide). 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.00 (s, 2H), 7.02 (dd, J = 10.5, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (dd, J

= 10.5, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.25 (m, 1H), 4.48 (d, J = 16.6 Hz, 1H), 4.31 (dd, J = 16.6, 1.2 Hz,

1H). 13C NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 192.8, 165.1, 143.6, 140.0, 130.5, 129.5, 126.0, 72.6,

70.6.

HRMS: Calcd. For C13H7NO4Cl2Na+1: 333.9650, Found 333.9644.

FTIR: (neat): υ 1725, 1703, 1380, 1361, 1341, 1124, 1082, 895, 754, 748, 741 cm-1.

MP: 180 °C

[α]24 D = +124.28 (c= 0.89, CHCl3).

Page 178: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

157

O

OPiv

CN

HO

H

H 2,2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 4-cyano-7-hydroxymethyl-1,4a,5,7a-tetrahydro-

cyclopenta[c]pyran-1-yl ester (4.31)

A flame-dried argon flushed flask was charged with racemic ester 4.32 (100 mg, 0.313

mmol) and THF (3.1 mL, 0.1M) and then cooled to -80 ºC. Reagent grade DIBAL-H

(167 µL, 0.939 mmol, 300 mol%) was added and the reaction was stirred for 24h at -80

ºC. The reaction was quenched with acetic acid (0.090 µL, 1.565 mmol, 500 mol%) and

partitioned between ethyl acetate and an aqueous solution of saturated Rochelle�s salt.

The biphasic solution was stirred vigorously for 1h until the aluminum salts precipitated

into the aqueous layer. The salts were filtered, and the organic layer was washed with

water and brine. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, concentrated in

vacuo, and purified by flash column chromatographed (SiO2, 3:1 petroleum ether:ether to

15:1 DCM:EtOAc) to furnish the title compound as a yellow oil (54mg, 62%). The

reaction was also conducted using optically active 4.32. 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.99 (s, 1H), 6.34 (d, J = 2.1, 1H), 5.81 (s, 1H), 4.27 (d,

J = 13.7 Hz, 1H), 4.22 (d, J = 13.7, 1H), 3.12 (s, 2H), 2.75 (d, J = 16.8, 1H), 2.48 (d, J =

16.1, 1H), 1.22 (s, 9H). 13C NMR: (100 MHz, CDCl3): δ 176.4, 153.2, 140.2, 128.7, 117.9, 94.4, 89.1, 60.1,

46.0, 38.9, 36.9, 33.4, 26.8.

HRMS: Calcd. For C15H20NO4 (M+1): 278.1392, Found: 278.1398.

FTIR: (neat): 3452, 2975, 2214, 1748, 1634, 1196, 1109, 1053, 1029, 982, 915, 824,

754 cm-1.

[α]24 D = -52.22 (c= 0.536, CHCl3).

Page 179: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

158

O

CN

EtO2C OPiv

H

H

4-Cyano-1-(2,2-dimethyl-propionyloxy)-1,4a,5,7a-tetrahydro-cyclopenta[c]pyran-7-

carboxylic acid ethyl ester (4.32)

A flame dried argon flushed flask was charged with enantiopure ketone 4.12 (446 mg,

1.437 mmol), ethanol (7.2 mL, 0.2 M), and potassium cyanide (468 mg, 7.185 mmol, 500

mol%). Acetic acid (0.411 mL, 7.185 mmol 500 mol%) was added dropwise to the

solution and the reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 5 hours. The solution

was diluted with ether, and then washed with water, and brine. The combined organic

layers were dried over Na2SO4, concentrated in vacuo, and taken on to the next step

without further purification. To a flask charged with the crude cyanohydrin, 4.33 was

added DCE (14.4 mL, 0.1 M), pyridine (455 mg, 5.748 mmol, 400 mol%), and thionyl

chloride (0.209 mL, 2.874 mmol, 200 mol%). The reaction was immediately immersed

in an 80 ºC oil bath and stirred under a reflux condenser for 2.5 hours. The reaction was

diluted with ether and then washed with water, a 5% aqueous solution of CuSO4, and

brine. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, concentrated in vacuo, and

purified twice by flash column chromatographed (SiO2, 3:1 hexanes: Et2O) to furnish the

title compound as an orange oil (277 mg, 60%). 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.99 (d, J = 0.7 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, J = 5.0, 2.6 Hz, 1H),

6.85 (d, J = 3.1 Hz, 1H), 4.29-4.17 (m, 2H), 3.37-3.35, (m, 1H), 3.22 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H),

2.89-2.81 (m, 1H), 2.71 (dd, J = 18.5, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 1.31 (t, J = 7.2, 3H), 1.21 (s, 9H). 13C NMR: (100 MHz, CDCl3): δ 176.0, 163.5, 153.6, 145.5, 132.9, 117.6, 93.8, 88.3,

60.8, 45.6, 38.8, 37.2, 32.7, 26.7, 14.1.

HRMS: Calcd. For C17H22NO5 (M+1): 320.1503, Found: 320.1498

FTIR: (neat): 2974, 2217, 1737, 1701, 1642, 1269, 1103, 1021, 998, 922, 836, 771 cm-1

[α]24 D = +14.00 (c= 1.00, CHCl3).

Page 180: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

159

O

OPiv

CONH2

HO

H

H

2,2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 4-carbamoyl-7-hydroxymethyl-1,4a,5,7a-tetrahydro-

cyclopenta[c]pyran-1-yl ester (4.35)

A flask was charged with racemic nitrile 4.31 (130 mg, 0.469 mmol), 2:1 ethanol:water

(2.4 mL, 0.2M) and platinum catalyst 4.36 (40 mg, 0.094 mmol, 20 mol%). The reaction

was heated to 80 ºC under a reflux condenser and stirred for 3h. The solution was

concentrated in vacuo and the crude material was chromatographed with (SiO2, EtOAc)

to furnish the title compound as a white solid (120 mg, 87%). The reaction was also

conducted using optically active 4.31.

1H NMR: (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 7.17 (s, 1H), 7.16 (brs, 1H), 6.86 (brs, 1H), 5.80 (d,

J = 6.5 Hz, 1H), 5.69 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 1H), 4.84 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.06-3.92 (m, 2H),

3.21 (dd, J = 14.7, 7.2 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 2.69 (dd, J =16.2, 8.4 Hz, 1H),

2.04-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.16 (s, 9H). 13C NMR: (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ 176.0, 167.7, 145.7, 142.9, 126.8, 115.2, 90.8,

59.0, 44.8, 38.3, 37.8, 33.8, 26.5.

HRMS: Calcd. For C15H22NO5 (M+1): 296.1498, Found: 296.1498

FTIR: (neat): 3377, 3197, 1750, 1667, 1631, 1592, 1195, 1091, 1051, 1017, 985, 953,

829, 736.

MP: 154-155 ºC (decomp.)

[α]24 D = +32.57 (c = 0.645, EtOH).

Page 181: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

160

O

OPiv

CO2Me

AcO

H

H

7-Acetoxymethyl-1-(2,2-dimethyl-propionyloxy)-1,4a,5,7a-tetrahydro-

cyclopenta[c]pyran-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester (4.39)

A flame-dried argon flushed flask was charged with amide 4.35 (50 mg, 0.169 mmol),

acetic anhydride (1.11 mL, 0.15 M), and triethylamine (0.047 mL, 0.338 mmol, 200

mol%) and the reaction was stirred for 1 h at 25 °C. The solution was cooled to 0-5 ºC

and acetic acid (0.56 mL, 0.3 M) was added. Sodium nitrite (117 mg, 1.69 mmol, 1000

mol%) was added and the reaction was stirred at 0-5 ºC for 16.5 h. The reaction was

quenched with water and ran through a column of Dowex®50WX8-200 ion-exchange

resin with MeOH. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to provide the crude acid 4.38.

Crude acid 4.38 was dissolved in 1:1 MeOH:CHCl3 (3.38 mL, 0.05 M) and cooled to 0

ºC. A 2.0 M solution of TMS-diazomethane in Et2O was added in portions, (0.169 mL,

0.338 mmol, 200 mol%), at 15 minute time intervals until the reaction was deemed

complete by TLC. The reaction was quenched with acetic acid, concentrated in vacuo,

and purified by flash column chromatography (SiO2, 5:1 hexane:Et2O) to furnish the title

compound as a white solid (44 mg, 74%). The reaction was also conducted using

optically active 4.35. 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.44 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 1H), 5.92, (s, 1H), 5.88 (d, J = 7.2

Hz, 1H), 4.63 (s, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.31-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.86 (m, 2H), 2.26-2.17 (m,

1H), 2.07 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s 9H). 13C NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 176.7, 170.6, 167.3, 151.6, 136.5, 132.6, 111.1, 91.7,

61.9, 51.3, 45.1, 38.8, 38.6, 34.7, 26.8, 20.8.

HRMS: Calcd. For C18H23O7 (M-1): 351.1444, Found:351.1439.

FTIR: (neat): 2939, 1751, 1736, 1712, 1634, 1228, 1202, 1124, 1082, 1055, 1030, 970,

958, 765 cm-1.

MP: 71-72 °C

[α]25 D = +146.49 (c= 0.164, CHCl3).

Page 182: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

161

OOAc

OAcOAc

AcO

OCl3C

NH (2R,3R,4S,5R,6R)-2-(acetoxymethyl)-6-(2,2,2-trichloro-1-iminoethoxy)tetrahydro-

2H-pyran-3,4,5-triyl triacetate (4.41)

A flame-dried argon flushed flask was charged with tetraacetyl-glucose (200 mg,

0.574 mmol), DCM (5.7 mL, 0.1M), and cesium carbonate (37 mg, 0.115 mmol, 20

mol%) respectively. The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 h. The

reaction was filtered through celite, concentrated in vacuo, and purified by flash column

chromatography (SiO2, 3:1 hexane:EtOAc 1% Et3N) to furnish the title compound as a

thick oil (237 mg, 84%). The spectral data for this compound has been previously

reported.9

Page 183: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

162

O

OH

CO2Me

PivO

H

H

7-(2,2-Dimethyl-propionyloxymethyl)-1-hydroxy-1,4a,5,7a-tetrahydro-

cyclopenta[c]pyran-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester (4.46)

An oven-dried sealed tube was charged with racemic acetate 4.39 (40 mg, 0.114 mmol),

MeOH (1.14 mL, 0.1 M), and Otera�s catalyst 4.44 (10 mg, 0.011 mmol, 10 mol%)

respectively. The reaction vessel was sealed and heated to 70 ºC for 20 h. The reaction

vessel was then opened and PhMe (1.14 mL, 0.1 M) was added. The open reaction vessel

was then heated to 85 °C for 0.5 h until the methanol fully evaporated from the solution.

The reaction was then sealed and heated to 100 °C for an additional 1.5 h. The reaction

was directly purified by flash column chromatographed (SiO2, 5:1 hexane:ethyl acetate)

to furnish the title compound as a white solid (25.6 mg, 73%) in approximately a 5:1

epimeric ratio at the lactol stereocenter. A similar reaction was also conducted with

optically active 4.39. 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3): 7.52 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 1H), 5.92 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 1H), 4.99-

4.95 (m, 1H) 4.83-4.76 (m, 2H), 4.67 (d, J =13.3 Hz, 1H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.22-3.12 (m,

1H), 2.93-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.44 (dt, J = 8.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H) 2.09-2.01 (m, 1H), 2.21 (s, 9H). 13C NMR: (100 MHz, CDCl3): δ 179.6, 167.8, 152.7, 138.4, 132.2, 110.5, 96.5, 63.2,

51.3, 46.9, 38.9, 38.8, 36.4, 27.1.

HRMS: Calcd. For C16H23O6 (M+1): 311.1495, Found: 311.1493.

FTIR: (neat): 3551, 2966, 1708, 1629, 1284, 1191, 1163, 1142, 1131, 1100, 1085, 947,

928, 888, 832, 764 cm-1.

MP: 88-89 ºC

[α]25 D = +80.84 (c= 1.064, CHCl3).

Page 184: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

163

O

OH

CO2Me

PivO

H

H

7-(2,2-Dimethyl-propionyloxymethyl)-1-hydroxy-1,4a,5,7a-tetrahydro-

cyclopenta[c]pyran-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester (4.46)

A flask was charged with commercially available (+)-genipin 4.43 (500 mg, 2.210

mmol), DCM (22 mL, 0.1M), and pyridine (0.267 mL, 3.315 mmol, 150 mol%). The

reaction was cooled to 0 °C and trimethylacetylchloride (0.299 mL, 2.431 mmol, 110

mol%) was added and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature overnight

under a balloon of argon. The reaction was diluted with Et2O washed and then diluted

with a saturated aqueous solution of NH4Cl, a 5% aqueous solution of CuSO4, and brine.

The combined organic layers were concentrated in vacuo, and purified by flash column

chromatographed (SiO2, 4:1 hexane:ethyl acetate) to furnish the title compound as a

white solid (555 mg, 81%) in approximately a 5:1 epimeric ratio at the lactol

stereocenter.

Page 185: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

164

O

O

CO2Me

PivO OOAc

OAcOAc

AcOH

H

7-(2,2-Dimethyl-propionyloxymethyl)-1-(3,4,5-triacetoxy-6-acetoxymethyl-

tetrahydro-pyran-2-yloxy)-1,4a,5,7a-tetrahydro-cyclopenta[c]pyran-4-carboxylic

acid methyl ester (4.47)

A flame-dried argon flushed flask was charged with α-O-glycosyl-trichloroacetimidate

4.41 (159 mg, 0.322 mmol 200 mol%), lactol 4.46 (50 mg, 0.161 mmol 100 mol %), and

DCM (0.805 mL, 0.2 M). The solution was cooled to -20 ºC, and freshly distilled boron

trifluoride diethyl etherate (0.010 mL, 0.081 mmol, 50 mol %) was added. The reaction

was stirred at -20 ºC for 20 hours. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc and washed with

saturate of NaHCO3 and then brine. The organic solution was dried over magnesium

sulfate, concentrated in vacuo, and purified 3 times by flash column chromatography (1st

columin: SiO2, DCM to hexanes to 4:1 hexanes:EtOAc to 2:1 hexanes:EtOAc), (2nd

column: SiO2 2:1 hexanes:EtOAc), (3rd column, 15:1 DCM Et2O to 9:1 DCM:Et2O) to

furnish the title compound as light yellow film (64.4 mg, 62% yield). 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.41 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 5.79 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.23

(t, J = 9.5 Hz, 1H), 5.19 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (t, J = 9.6 Hz, 1H), 5.01 (dd, J = 9.7,

8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.86 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.68 (s, 2H), 4.26 (dd, J = 12.5, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.13,

(dd, J = 12.4, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.74-3.69 (m, 1H), 3.712 (s, 3H), 3.23-3.18 (m, 1H), 2.94-2.91

(m, 1H), 2.84 (dd, J = 16.9, 7.9 Hz, 1H), 2.22-2.17 (m, 1H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.03 (s, 3H),

2.01 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 1.21 (s, 9H). 13C NMR: (100 MHz, CDCl3): δ 177.9, 170.6, 170.2, 169.3, 169.0, 167.2, 150.8, 136.8,

130.4, 112.1, 96.5, 95.1, 72.4, 72.0, 70.6, 68.0, 61.7, 61.5, 51.2, 46.7, 38.8, 38.3, 33.1,

27.1, 20.6, 20.5, 20.5, 20.3.

HRMS: Calcd. ForC30H41O15 (M+1): 641.2445, Found: 641.2446.

FTIR: (neat): 2958, 1746, 1367, 1278, 1214, 1152, 1077, 1036, 962, 903, 824 cm-1.

[α]25 D = +25.84 (c= 1.006), CHCl3.

Page 186: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

165

4.12 1H and 13C NMR Spectra and HPLC Traces

Page 187: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

166

O

O

CO2Me

HO OOH

OHOH

HOH

H

4.1

Page 188: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

167

O

OPiv

O

4.9

Page 189: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

168

O

O

OPiv

4.9 Racemic

92% ee

Page 190: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

169

>99%ee

Page 191: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

170

O

O

EtO2C OPivH

H

4.12

Page 192: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

171

O

O

O

NO2

4.24

Page 193: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

172

Racemic

67% ee

Page 194: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

173

OO N

Cl

Cl

O

O

4.26

Page 195: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

174

O

OPiv

CN

HO

H

H

4.31

Page 196: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

175

O

CN

EtO2C OPiv

H

H

4.32

Page 197: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

176

O

OPiv

CONH2

HO

H

H

4.35

Page 198: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

177

O

OPiv

CO2Me

AcO

H

H

4.39

Page 199: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

178

O

OH

CO2Me

PivO

H

H

4.46

Page 200: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

179

O

O

CO2Me

PivO OOAc

OAcOAc

AcOH

H

Page 201: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

180

4.13 References

1 The synthesis of allylic acetate 4.6 is described in chapter 3.

2 Lu, X.; Zhang, C.; Xu, Z. Acc. Chem. Res. 2001, 34, 535.

3Yong, L.; Song, L.; Xia, Yuanzhi, X.; Yahong, L.; Zhi-Xiang, X. Chem. Eur. J. 2008,

14, 4361.

4 Trost, B. M.; Toste, F. D. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2003, 125, 3090.

5 Deen, H. V. D.; Oeveren, A. V.; Kellogg, R. M.; Feringa, B. L. Tetrahedron Lett. 1999,

40, 1775.

6 (a) Trost, B. M.; Toste, F. D. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1999, 121, 4545. (b) Trost, B. M.;

Machacek, M. R.; Aponick, A. Acc. Chem. Res. 2006, 39, 747. 7 (a) Ghaffer, T.; Parkins, A. W. Tetrahedron Lett. 1995, 36, 8657. (b) Ghaffer, T.;

Parkins, A. W. J. Mol. Catal. A 2000, 160, 249. 8 Tietze, L. �F. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1983, 22, 828. 9 Kværnø, L.; Ritter, T.; Werder, M.; Hauser, H.; Carreira, E, M. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2004, 43, 4653. 10 Schmidt, R. D. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1986, 25, 212.

11 Djeerassi, C. Gray, J. D. Kingel, F. A. J. Org. Chem. 1960, 25, 2174.

12 Otera, J.; Dan-oh, N., Nozaki, H. 1991, 56, 5307. 13 Lactol 4.46 can also be accessed in one step from commercially available (+)-genipin. See supporting information for details. 14 Mouriès, C.; Deguin, B.; Koch, M.; Tillequin, F. Helv. Chim. Acta. 2003, 86, 147.

Page 202: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

181

15 This yield is based on a 70% theoretical yield for the kinetic resolution. 16 (a) Endo, T.; Taguchi, H. Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1973, 21, 2684. (b) Tanaka, M.; Kigawa, M.; Mitsuhashi, H.; Wakamatsu, T. Heterocycles, 1991, 32, 1451. (c) Isoe, S. Stud. Nat. Prod. Chem. 1995, 16, 289. 17 Still, W. C.; Kahn, M.; Mitra, A. J. Org. Chem. 1978, 43, 2923. 18 Güvenalp, Z.; Kili�, N.; Kazaz, C.; Kaya, Y.; Demirezer, Ö. Turk. J. Chem. 2006, 30, 515. 19 Morota, T.; Sasaki, H.; Nishimura, H.; Sugama, K.; Chin, M; Mitsuhashi, H. Phytochemistry, 1989, 28, 2149.

Page 203: Copyright By Regan Andrew Jones 2009 · Regan Andrew Jones, Ph.D. The University of Texas at Austin, 2009 Supervisor: Michael J. Krische The iridoids are a large family of monoterpenoid

182

Vita

Regan Andrew Jones was born on May 8th 1981 in Vancouver, Washington. He

graduated from Woodland High School, Woodland WA in 1999. From 1999 to

2003 he attended Occidental College in Los Angeles, CA, and in 2003 he

received his B.A. in chemistry from Occidental College. In 2003 he enrolled in

the graduate program in chemistry at the the University of Texas at Austin.

Permanent Address: 2610 Lewis River Road, P.O. Box 575, Woodland, WA,

98674.

This dissertation was typed by the author.